Some symbolic expressions for number nineteen
CONTENS
अतिधृति अतिधृतिः अष्टवर्ग अष्टवर्गः आस्रप इभ ऊन एकोन कीकट कुबेर कुम्भ कुशावर्त कृतार्घ दश नवदश नवदशन् नवन् मूल मूलम् यात्रा रघु विंश वीणा शैवनवदशप्रकरण संख्या सेन
अतिधृति – atidhṛti | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899atidhṛti “ati-dhṛti” f. N. of a class of metres (belonging to those called
“aticchandas”, and consisting of four lines, each containing nineteen syllables) Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch atidhṛti (ati + dhṛti N. eines Metrums) f. “ein Versmaass von 76 Silben”: ṣaṭsaptatistvatidhṛtiḥ ṚV. PRĀT. 16, 55. Als Beispiel wird ebend. 58. bezeichnet ṚV. 1, 127, 6, wo die Pāda’s folgende Vertheilung und Silbenzahl haben: 12, 12, 8 8, 8 12, 8, 8. Vgl. SĀY. zu der Stelle, MAHĪDH. zu VS. 11, 9. 15, 47. und dhṛti. In der nachvedischen Literatur ist atidhṛti “ein Metrum von 4 x 19 Silben” COLEBR. Misc. Ess. II, 163. atidhṛti Bez. “der Zahl neunzehn” SŪRYAS. 2, 18. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 atidhṛti f. N. of a class of metres. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 atidhṛti ati-dhṛti, f. a metre (4 X 19 sylla-bles). Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 atidhṛti strī atikrāntā dhṛtim aṣṭādaśākṣarapādikāṁ vṛttimekākṣarādhikyāt atyā° sa° . ūnaviṁśatyakṣarapādake chandobhede . dhṛtirdheryaṁ santoṣo vā . tadatikramakāriṇi tri° . |
अतिधृतिः – atidhṛtiḥ | Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :1890
atidhṛtiḥ f. [atikrāṁtā dhṛtiṁ aṣṭādaśākṣarapādāṁ vṛttiṁ ekākṣarādhikyāt] (1) N. of a class of metres belonging to the aticchadaṁs group, consisting of 4 lines with 19 syllables in each (ṣaṭsaptatistvatidhṛtiḥ). (2) Nineteen. |
अष्टवर्ग – aṣṭavarga | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṣṭavarga “aṣṭa-varga” mfn. being in rows of eight each
aṣṭavarga “aṣṭa-varga” m. a class of eight principal medicaments (viz. ṛiṣabha, Jivaka, Medā, Mahāmedā, ṛiddhi, Vṛiddhi, Kākoli, and Kṣirakākoli) Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch aṣṭavarga (a- + va-) m. “ein Aggregat von 8 Arzeneien”: Ṛṣabha, Jīvaka, Medā, Mahāmedā, Ṛddhi, Vṛddhi, Kākolī und Kṣīrakākolī, RĀJAN. im ŚKDR. Vgl. den gaṇa kākolyādi SUŚR. 1, 140, 8. fgg. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 aṣṭavarga(s) Meda, Mahāmeda, Kākoli, Kṣīrakākoli, Jīvaka, Iṭavaka, Ṛddhi, Vṛddhi (These are used in infusions for treating rheumatism). Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 aṣṭavarga pu° aṣṭānāmarāhuravyādīnā vargo yatra . jyotiṣokte rekhāviśeṣeṇa śubhāśubhasūcake cakrabhede yathā . janmakālagṛhasthityā phalaṁ vakṣye śubhāśubham . svāddinakṛt śubhadaḥ kṣitipakṣasasudranagādikapañcagato 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, ‘tha vibhāvaribhartustryaṅgadaśeśagato 3, 6, 10, 11, ‘tha kujādravivat, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, atha somasutāttriśarartunavādiṣu yātaḥ, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, devagurorviṣayartunaveśagato, 5, 6, 9, 11, ‘tha surāriguroḥ samayācalabhāskarayātaḥ, 6, 7, 12, tīkṣṇamarīcisutādapi bhāskaravat, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, atha lagnagṛhāttrikṛtāṅgadaśādiṣu yātaḥ, 3, 4, 6, 10, 11, 12 . ravirekhāḥ . 48 . candraḥ śubho’rkāttrikālādridantāvalāśāśivasthaḥ, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, tataḥ svātkurāmartugavāśāśivasthaḥ, 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, kṣamājādakṣivahnīṣuṣaḍgīdigīśeṣva, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, tha jñāt kurāmābdhivāṇāgadantāvalāśāśivasthaḥ, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, jīvāt kudṛgve daśailebhakāṣṭhāśivastho, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, ‘tha śukrāttrivedeṣuśailagrahāśāśivasthaḥ, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, tīkṣṇāṁśudehodbhavādrāmavāṇartuśambhusthita, 3, 5, 6, 11, udayāddhavyavāhartukāṣṭhāśivasthaḥ, 3, 6, 10, 11, candrarekhāḥ . 49 . kūjo’rkācchubho vahnivāṇartudikśambhugo, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11, ‘thendutorāmakāleśaga, 3, 6, 11, stataḥ svāt kudṛgvedamunyaṣṭadikśammugaḥ, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, syānniśānāthaputrādguṇeṣvaṅgarudropayātaḥ . 3, 5, 6, 11, tatojīvataḥ kālakāṣṭhāśivārkopayāto, 6, 10, 11, 12, ‘tha devāripūjyādanehogajeśārkasaṁsthaḥ, 6, 8, 11, 12, tataḥ sūryaputrāt kuvedāganāgagrahāśāśivastho, 1, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, ‘tha lagnāt kurāmāṅgadik śambhuyātaḥ . 1, 3, 6, 10, 11, kujarekhāḥ 39 . budhoḥ’rkataḥ śarartugośivārkago, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, ‘tha candratodvivedakālamāgadiṅmaheśvaropagaḥ . 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11, bhūmijātkudṛkkṛtāganāgagodaśeśaga, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, stataḥ svataḥ kuvahnipañcaṣaḍnavādikeṣugaḥ, 1, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, vākpaterasāṣṭhaśambhusūryago, 6, 8, 11, 12, ‘tha śukrataḥ kuvāhuvahnivedapañcanāgagośiveṣugaḥ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11, paṅgutaḥkudṛkkṛtāganāgādipañcakasthito’tha, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, lagnataḥ kṣitidvivedakālanāgadikśiveṣugaḥ . 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11, budharekhāḥ . 55 . surarājaguruḥ śubhadoravitaḥ kuyamānalavedanagādikapañcagato 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, ‘tha vidhordviśarācalagośivago, 2, 5, 7, 9, 11, vasudhātanayāt kuyamābdhinagāṣṭadaśeśagato, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, ‘tha budhāt kṣitiyugmakṛteṣurasagrahadiggiriśopaga . 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, stadanu svaekayamānalavāridhiparvatanāgadaśeśagato, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, ‘tha sitādyamapañcarasagrahadikśivago 2, 5, 6, 9, 10 11, ravinandanatodahaneṣurasārkagata, 3, 5, 6, 12, stvatha lagnagṛhāt kuyamāvdhiśarartunagagrahadiggiriśopagataḥ . 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 79, 10, 11, gururekhāḥ, 56, bhṛguḥ śubhoravergajeśasūryago 8, 11, 12, ‘tha candrataḥ, kṣmādipañcakāṣṭagośivārkagaḥ, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 11, 12, kujāttrivedakālagośivārkago, 3, 4, 6, 9, 11, 12, ‘tha budhāttrikālarandhrarudrasaṁsthitaḥ, 3, 6, 9, 11, guroḥ śarāṣṭarandhradiṅmaheśaga, stataḥ 5, 89, 10, 11, svataḥ kupañcakāṣṭarandhradikśivopagaḥ . 1, 2, 3, 4, 58, 9, 10, 11, śanerguṇābdhipañcanāgagodaśeśago, 3, 4, 5, 89, 10, 11, ‘tha lagnataḥ kupañcakāṣṭagośivasthitaḥ śubhaḥ . 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11, śukraresvāḥ, 51, śubhaḥ paṅgurarkāt yamāmbhodhiśailāṣṭadikśambhuga, 1, 2 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, indutorāmakāleśagataḥ, 3, 6, 12, kṣmāsutādvahnivāṇartukāṣṭhāśivārkopago, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, ‘tha jñataḥ kāladantāvalādisthitaḥ 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, jīvatovāṇakāleśamārtaṇḍayāta, 5, 6, 11, 22, statodaityapūjyādanehaḥśivārkopayātaḥ . 6, 11, 12, statovītihotreṣukāleśayāta, 3, 5, 6, 11, statolagnataḥ kṣmāguṇāmbhodhiṣaḍdiṅmaheśasthitaḥ . 1, 3, 4, 6 10, 11, śanirekhāḥ, 39, . rāhuḥśubho’rkādbhujavahnivedarturandhrago, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, ‘tha candrāt kurāmavedāṅgaga 1, 3, 4, 6, stataḥ kujādvahnivāṇāṅgarandhragato, 3, 5, 6, 9, ‘tha budhācchaśipakṣavahnivāṇarandhraga, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, statojīvāddhavyavāhavedāṅgarandhraga, 3, 4, 6, 9, stataḥ śukrāt pakṣavahnivāṇarandhragata, 2, 3, 5, 9, stataḥ saurāt pakṣavāṇartuga, 2, 5, 6, stataḥ svataḥ śaśivedavāṇaripurandhrago, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9, ‘tha lagnādvedarandhradigrudrasūryagataḥ, 4, 9, 10, 11, 12 . rāhurekhāḥ, 39 . sūryādekadvicatuḥsaptāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10 11, somāttriṣaḍdaśaikvādaśeṣu, 3, 6, 10, 11, bhaumāttripañcaṣaḍekādaśeṣu, 3, 5, 6, 11, budhāt ṣaḍaṣṭanavadaśaikādaśeṣu, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, guroḥ pañcaṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu, 5, 6, 11, 12, śukrātṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu, 6, 11, 12, śanestripañcāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, lagnādekatricatuḥṣaḍadaśaikādaśeṣu, 1, 3, 4, 6, 10, 11, lagnarekhāḥ 38 . iti nigaditamiṣṭaṁ neṣṭamanyadviśeṣādadhikaphalavipākaṁ janmanā tatra dadyuḥ . upacayagṛhamitrasvoccagāḥ puṣṭamiṣṭaṁ tvapacayagṛhanīcārātibhe neṣṭasampat . yāvatī yāvatī rekhā grahāṇāmaṣṭavargake . tāvatīṁ dviguṇīkṛtya aṣṭābhiḥ pariśodhayet . aṣṭopari bhavedrekhā aṣṭābhyantaravindravaḥ . aṣṭābhistu samaṁ yatra tatsamaṁ parikīrtitam . rekhā grahācchubhe deyā vindavastvitaratratu . rekhāvindu samānau cet samastatra nigadyate . rekhādhikye śubhaṁ jñeyaṁ tadvadvindorathāśubham . śrīrānandastathā śreyobhogo rājyaṁ bhavettathā . malino’tha vipaccaiva hānirmṛtyurbhavettathā . dvyādirekhā dvyādividvoḥ phalānyetānyanukramāt . rekhāyāṁ vatsarojñeyaḥ sārdhasaptadinaṁ same . aṣṭavargadaśāyuḥ syāt dinaṁ caturṣu vinduṣu . ityaṣṭavargaḥ . aṣṭavargaśubhaiḥ śrīmān karma kuryānnabhaścaraiḥ . gocarasthaistadaprāptau tadaprāptau ca vedhagaiḥ . vratārambhe vivāhe ca yātrāyāṁ kṣurakarmaṇi . aviśuddhyāṣṭabargasya samastā niṣphalāḥ kriyāḥ . satataṁ diśati narāṇāṁ rāśau madhye’ṣṭavargaphalaṁ nikhilam . bhāvaphalaṁ prathamārdhe dṛṣṭiphalānyardhabhukteṣu jyo° ta° . aṣṭānāmakacaṭatapayaśānāṁ vargaḥ . jyotiṣādau śubhāśubhajñāpanāya viśeṣarūpeṇa aṣṭadhā vibhakteṣu 2 varṇasamūhabhedeṣu yathā svaravarṇāḥ 16 . avargaḥ, kādayomāvasānāḥ pañcapañcātmakāḥ kavargādayaḥ 5 . yaralavāḥ 4 yavargaḥ . śaṣasahā 4 śavargaḥ ityevamaṣṭau kalpitāḥ . teṣāṁ vibhāgakrameṇa saṁkhyābhedaḥ . vargavarṇapramāṇañca sasvaraistāḍitaṁ mithaḥ . piṇḍasaṁkhyā bhavettasya gathā bhāgaistu kalpanā keralam . svaṁ vargaṁ dviguṇaṁ vidhāya paravargeṇānvitaṁ saptataṭ iti jyoti° . tantrokte mantrasya śubhāśubhajñānārthaṁ avargādyanusāreṇa 3 pakṣimārjārādyaṣṭavarge ca . yathā āgamakalpadrume idānīṁ vargacakrasya vidhānamamidhīyate . mantragrāmaviśodhārthaṁ nāmādyakṣarapūrbakam . aṣṭau koṣṭhān samālikhya vargānaṣṭau likhettataḥ . pakṣimārjārapañcāsyaśvānaḥ sarpākhudantinaḥ . meṣaḥ kramādakārādi vasuvargāśritā ime . sādhyasādhakayoḥ prītirjñātavyā jātitaḥ sadā . vṛhacchrīkrame varṇaśuddhiṁ samāsādya mantraṁ dadyādgurūttamaḥ . avargaḥ pakṣiṇojñoyo mārjāraśca kavargakaḥ . cavargaśca tathā siṁhaṣṭavargaścaiva kukkuraḥ . tavargo nāga ityukto mūṣikaśca pavargakaḥ . yavargaśca gajojñeyaḥ śavargaścaiva meṣakaḥ . pakṣibhujagayorvairaṁ tathā ca gajasiṁhayoḥ . mārjāramūṣikayoścaiva tathā kakkurameṣayoḥ . bhujaṅgasiṁhayo rmaitrī meṣamūṣikayostathā . lokādanyacca vijñeyaṁ tyavahāraprayogataḥ iti tantrasā° . jīvakarṣabhakau mede kākalyāvṛddhivṛddhike . aṣṭavargo’ṣṭabhirdravyairiti vaidyakokte 4 jīvikā dyaṣṭadravye . rājñāmapyaṣṭargastu yato’yamatidurlabhaḥ . tasmādasya pratinidhiṁ gṛhaṇīyāntadguṇaṁ bhiṣak . medājīvakakākolīvṛddhidvandve’pi cāsati . varīvidāryaśvagandhā vāraṇīśca kramāt kṣipet vaidya° . nītivedināṁ vardhanīye 5 vargabhede ca . kṛṣirbaṇikpatho durgaṁ setuḥ kuñjarabandhanam . khanyākaravalādānaṁ sainyānāñca niveśanam . aṣṭavargamimaṁ sādhu ṛddhaye parivardhayet nītiḥ . |
अष्टवर्गः – aṣṭavargaḥ | Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967
aṣṭavargaḥ puṁ, (aṣṭānāṁ auṣadhaviśeṣānāṁ raviprabhṛtīnāṁ vā vargaḥ .) auṣadhaviśeṣāṣṭakaṁ . tadyathā . ṛṣabhaḥ 1 jīvakaḥ 2 medaḥ 3 mahāmedaḥ 4 ṛddhiḥ 5 vṛddhiḥ 6 kākolī 7 kṣīrakākolī 8 . iti vaidyakaparibhāṣā . ekīkṛtaitadauṣadhaguṇāḥ . raktapittavraṇavāyupittanāśitvaṁ . iti rājavallabhaḥ .. (jīvakarṣabhakau mede kākolyau ṛddhivṛddhike . aṣṭavargo’ṣṭabhirdravyaiḥ kathitaścarakādibhiḥ .. aṣṭavargo himaḥ svādurvṛṁhaṇo śukralo guruḥ . bhagnasandhānakṛt kāmabalāsabalavardhanaḥ .. vātapittāsratṛṭdāhajvaramehakṣayapraṇut . iti bhāvaprakāśaḥ ..) jyotiṣaśāstroktagocaraviśeṣaḥ . tadyathā . ādau ravyādisaptagrahāṇāṁ rāhośca aṣṭamāsakoṣṭhaṁ kṛtvā pratyekamāsakoṣṭhe janmakālīnagrahādhiṣṭhitarāśyavadhisvāddinakṛcchubhada ityādi dīpikoktavacanāṅkasaṁkhyakagṛhe rekhāṁ vinyaset tatra raverdvādaśakoṣṭhe 48 candrasya 49 kujasya 39 budhasya 55 guroḥ 56 bhṛgoḥ 52 śaneḥ 39 rāhoḥ 39 etatsaṁkhyakā rekhā deyāḥ . tataḥ pratyekagṛhastharekhāḥ dviguṇīkṛtya aṣṭādhikāścet aṣṭabhiḥ śodhayet . śeṣā rekhāḥ śubhāḥ khyātāḥ . aṣṭonāścettadā vindubhiraṣṭānāṁ pūraṇaṁ kāryaṁ . tatra vindavo’śubhāḥ khyātāḥ . aṣṭau cet tadā vindurekhayorabhāvastatra samaṁ parikīrtitaṁ .. tasya nāmaguṇāḥ . jīvakarṣabhakau mede kākolyau vṛddhiṛddhike . aṣṭavargo’ṣṭabhirdravyaiḥ kathitaścarakādibhiḥ .. aṣṭavargo himaḥ svādurvṛṁhaṇaḥ śukralo guruḥ . bhagnasandhānakṛt balyaḥ śarīrabalavardhanaḥ .. vātapittāsratṛṭdāhajvaramehakṣayapraṇut . iti bhāvaprakāśaḥ .. * . jyotiḥśāstroktagaṇanayā rekhāvindubhyāṁ śubhāśubhaphalasūcakajanmakālīnāṣṭagrahasamudāyaḥ . yathā . athāṣṭavargaḥ . janmakālagrahasthityā phalaṁ vakṣye śubhāśubhaṁ . svāddinakṛt śubhadaḥ kṣitipakṣasamudranagādikapañcagato 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha vibhāvaribhartustryaṅgadaśeṣagato 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha kujādravivat 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . atha somasutātriśarartunavādiṣu yātaḥ . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 . devagurorviṣayartunaveśagato 5 . 6 . 9 . 11 . ‘tha surāriguroḥ samayācalabhāskarayātaḥ . 6 . 7 . 12 . tīkṣṇamarīcisutādapi bhāskaravat . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . atha lagnagṛhāt trikṛtāṅgadaśādiṣu yātaḥ 3 . 4 . 6 . 10 . 11 . 12 . ravirekhāḥ . 48 . bhūjaṅgavilāsābhidhānamālādaṇḍakenādityāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. candraḥ śubho’rkātrikālādridantābalāśaśivastha . 3 . 6 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . stataḥ svāt kurāmartvagāśāśivasthaḥ . 1 . 3 . 6 . 7 . 10 . 11 . kṣmājāddvivahnīṣuṣaḍgodigīśeṣva . 2 . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . tha jñāt kurāmābdhibāṇāgadantābalāśāśivasthaḥ 1 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . jīvāt kudṛgvedaśailebhakāṣṭhāśivastho 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha śukrātrivedeṣuśailagrahāśāśivasthaḥ 3 . 4 . 5 . 7 . 9 . 10 . 11 . tīkṣṇāṁśudehodbhavādrāmabāṇartuśambhusthito 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . ‘thodayāddhavyavāhartukāṣṭhāśivasthaḥ . 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . candrarekhāḥ . 49 . kāmabāṇābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena candrāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. kutro’rkācchubho vahnibāṇartudikśambhugo 3 . 5 . 6 . 10 . 11 . ‘thenduto rāmakāleśaga 3 . 6 . 11 . stataḥ svāta kudṛgvedasaptāṣṭadikśambhugaḥ syāt 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . niśānāthaputtrādguṇeṣvaṅgarudropayātaḥ . 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . tato jīvataḥ kālakāṣṭhāśivārkopayāto 6 . 10 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha devāripūjyādaneho gajeśārkasaṁsthaḥ . 6 . 8 . 11 . 12 . tataḥ sūryaputtrāt kuvedāganāgagrahāśāśivastho 1 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha lagnāt kurāmāṅgadikaśambhuyātaḥ . 1 . 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . kujarekhāḥ 39 . siṁhavilāsābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena bhaumāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. jñaḥ śubho’rkataḥ śarartugośivārkago 5 . 6 . 9 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha candrato dvivedakālanāgadiṅmaheśvareṣu . 2 . 4 . 6 . 8 . 10 . 11 . bhūmijāt kudṛkkṛtāganāgagodaśeśagaḥ . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . tataḥ svataḥ kuvahnipañcaṣaṇṇavādikeṣu . 1 . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 . vākpaterasāṣṭaśambhusūryago 6 . 8 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha śukrataḥ kubāhuvahnivedapañcanāgagośiveṣu . 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 11 paṅgutaḥ kudṛkkṛtāganāgapañcakasthito ‘tha . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 . lagnataḥ kṣitidvivedakālanāgadikśiveṣu . 1 . 2 . 4 . 6 . 8 . 10 . 11 . budharekhāḥ . 55 . aśokamañjarīsaṁjñakamālādaṇḍakena budhāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. surarājaguruḥ śubhado ravitaḥ kuyamānalavedanagādikapañcagato 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha vidhordviśarācalagośivago 2 . 5 . 7 . 9 . 11 . vasudhātanayāt kuyamābdhinagāṣṭadaśeśagato 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha budhāt kṣitiyugmakṛteṣurasagrahadikgiriśopagata 1 . 2 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . stadanu svata ekayamānalavāridhiparbatanāgadaśeśagato 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha sitādyamapañcarasagrahadiśivago 2 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ravinandanato dahaneṣurasārkagata 3 . 5 . 6 . 12 . stvatha lagnagṛhāt kuyamābdhiśarartunagagrahadiggiriśopagataḥ 1 . 2 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 9 . 10 . 11 . gururekhāḥ 56 . kusumastavakābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena vṛhaspateraṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. bhṛguḥ śubho ravergajeśasūryago . 8 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha candrataḥ kṣmādipañcakāṣṭagośivārkagaḥ . 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 11 . 12 . kujāt trivedakālagośivārkago 3 . 4 . 6 . 9 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha bodhanāt tribāṇakālarandhrarudrasaṁsthitaḥ . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 11 . guroḥ śarāṣṭarandhadiṅmaheśaga . 5 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . stataḥ svataḥ kupañcakāṣṭarandhradikśivopagaḥ 1 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . śanerguṇābdhipañcanāgagodaśeśago . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha lagnataḥ kupañcakāṣṭagośivasthitaḥ . 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 11 . śukrarekhāḥ . 52 . anaṅgaśekharābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena bhārgavāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. śubhaḥ paṅgurarkāt kṣmāyamāmbhodhiśailāṣṭadikśambhuga . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . induto rāmakāleśagataḥ . 3 . 6 . 11 . kṣmāsutādvahnibāṇartukāṣṭhāśivārkopago . 3 . 5 . 6 . 10 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha jñataḥ kāladantāvalādisthito . 6 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 . jīvato bāṇakāleśamārtaṇḍayāta . 5 . 6 . 11 . 12 . stato daityapūjyādanehaḥśivārkopayātaḥ . 6 . 11 . 12 . svato vītihotreṣu kāleśayāta . 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . stato lagnataḥ kṣmāguṇāmbhodhiṣaḍdiṅmaheśasthitaḥ . 1 . 3 . 4 . 6 . 10 . 11 . śanirekhāḥ 39 . mattamātaṅgalīlābhidhānadaṇḍakena śanaiścarāṣṭavargaḥ . iti dīpikā .. * .. rāhuḥ śubho’rkādbhujavahnivedarturandhrago . 2 . 3 . 4 . 6 . 9 . atha candrāt kurāmavedāṅgaga . 1 . 3 . 4 . 6 . stataḥ kujādvahnibāṇāṅgarandhragato . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . ‘tha budhācchaśipakṣavahnibāṇarandhraga . 1 . 2 . 3 . 5 . 9 . stato jīvāddhavyavāhavedāṅgarandhraga . 3 . 4 . 6 . 9 . stataḥ śukrāt pakṣavahnibāṇarandhragata . 2 . 3 . 5 . 9 . stataḥ saurāt pakṣabāṇartuga . 2 . 5 . 6 . stataḥ svataḥ śaśivedabāṇaripurandhrago . 1 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 9 . ‘tha lagnādvedaragdhradigrudrasūryagataḥ . 4 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 . rāhurekhāḥ . 39 . mṛgendravilāsābhidhānadaṇḍakena rāhoraṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. sūryādekadvicatuḥsaptāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . somāttriṣaḍdaśaikādaśeṣa . 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . bhaumāttripañcaṣaḍekādaśeṣu . 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . budhāt ṣaḍaṣṭanavadaśaikādaśeṣu . 6 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . guroḥ pañcaṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu . 5 . 6 . 11 . 12 . śukrāt ṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu 6 . 11 . 12 . śanestripañcāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu . 3 . 5 . 8 . 10 . 11 . lagnādekatricatuḥṣaḍdaśakādaśeṣu . 1 . 3 . 4 . 6 . 11 . evaṁ lagnarekhāḥ 37 .. * .. iti nigaditamiṣṭaṁ neṣṭamanyadviśeṣādadhikaphalavipākaṁ janmaṁbhāttatra dadyuḥ . upacayagṛhamitrasvoccagāḥ puṣṭamiṣṭaṁ tvapacayagṛhanīcārātibhe neṣṭasampat .. yāvatī yāvatī rekhā grahāṇāmaṣṭavargake . tāvatīṁ dviguṇīkṛtya aṣṭābhiḥ pariśodhayet .. aṣṭopari bhavedrekhā aṣṭābhyantaravindavaḥ . aṣṭābhistu samo yatra tat samaṁ parikīrtitam .. rekhā grahācchubhe deyā vindavaścetaratra tu . rekhāvindū samānau cet samastatra nigadyate .. rekhādhikye śubhaṁ jñeyaṁ tadvadvindorathāśubham . śrīrānandastathā śreyo bhogo rājyaṁ bhavettathā .. malino’tha vipaccaiva hānirmṛtyurbhavettathā . dvyādirekhā dvyādivindoḥ phalānyetānyanukramāt .. rekhāyāṁ vatsaro jñeyaḥ sārdhasaptadinaṁ same . aṣṭavargadaśāyuḥ syāt dinaṁ caturṣu vinduṣu .. ityāyurdāyaḥ . ityaṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. nandī . aṣṭavargaśubhaiḥ śrīmān karma kuryānnabhaścaraiḥ . gocarasthaistadaprāptau tadaprāptau ca vedhagaiḥ .. vratārambhe vivāhe ca yātrāyāṁ kṣurakarmaṇi . aviśuddhāṣṭavargasya samastā niṣphalāḥ kriyāḥ .. satataṁ diśati narāṇāṁ rāśau madhye’ṣṭavargaphalaṁ nikhilaṁ . bhāvaphalaṁ prathamārdhe dṛṣṭiphalānyardhabhukteṣu .. ityaṣṭavargārthakathanam . iti jyotistattvam .. |
आस्रप – āsrapa | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899āsrapa m. (fr. “asra-pa”), the nineteenth lunar mansion (presided over
by the Rākṣasa Asra-pa) āsrapa m. = “asra-pa” (q.v.) Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch āsrapa (von asrapa) m. “die 19te Mondstation” H. 113. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 āsrapa pu° āsraṁ rudhiraṁ pibati pā–ka upa° sa° . 1 rākṣase taddevatāke 2 mūlanakṣatre ca . |
इभ – ibha | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ibha m. (? “i” servants, dependants, domestics, household, family ([])
m. fearless ([]) m. an elephant &c. m. the number eight m. N. of a plant Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch ibha “Gesinde, Hörige, Dienerschaft; Hauswesen, familia” NIR. 6, 12. kṛṇuṣva pājaḥ prasitiṁ na pṛthvīṁ yāhi rājevāmavāṁ ibhena ṚV. 4, 4, 1. kastokāya ka ibhāyota rāye ‘dhi bravattanve3 ko janāya “wer legt Fürbitte ein für Kind, für Haus und Habe, wer für sich und seine Leute?” 1, 84, 17. ā tugraṁ śaśvadibhaṁ dyotanāya māturna sīmupa sṛjā iyadhyai 6, 20, 8; vgl. übrigens u. smadibha. Als adj. müsste das Wort gefasst werden in der Bedeutung “umgeben von Hörigen (Hofstaat”) in der Stelle: sa marmṛjāna āyubhiribho rājeva suvrataḥ. śyeno na vaṁsu ṣīdati 9, 57, 3. Deshalb drängt sich die Vermuthung auf, dass hier der ursprüngliche Ausdruck entstellt und etwa herzustellen wäre: ibhe rājeva suvrate “wie ein Fürst unter seiner ergebenen Dienerschaft”, wodurch auch suvrata erst zu seiner rechten Bedeutung käme. Ob ibha m. Uṇ. 3, 151 hierher oder zu 2. ibha gehört, lässt sich nicht entscheiden. — Vgl. ibhya. ibha m. “Elephant” NIR. 6, 12. AK. 2, 8, 2, 3. H. 1218. M. 8, 34. 11, 68. 12, 67. BHARTṚ. 1, 5. 58. am Ende eines adj. comp. f. ā AK. 2, 8, 2, 48. H. 748. ibhī “ein Elephantenweibchen” AK. 3, 4, 55. TRIK. 3, 3, 75. — Vgl. ibhyā. ibha Spr. 2620. — Vgl. gandhebha, digibha. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 ibha ibha, m. An elephant, Rājat. 5, 315. — Comp. gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, Rājat. 1, 300. jala-gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, or a gandhebha (see the preceding) living in water, Rājat. 5, 107. digibha, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant of a quarter or point of the compass, one of eight attached to the north, north-east, etc., supporting the globe, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 39. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 ibha m. n. household, family; m. elephant. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 ibha ibha, m. n. domestics, household, family; m. elephant. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 ibha pu° iṇ–bha kicca . 1 hastini, vanyebhadānāvilagandhadurdharāḥ māghaḥ 2 tatsaṁkhyātulyasaṁkhyāke aṣṭalaṁkhyānvite ca . gajāhi aṣṭasu dikṣu khyitā airāvatādayo’ṣṭau vartante iti teṣāmaṣṭatvam . te ca airāvataḥ puṇḍarīkaḥ vāmanaḥ kumudo’ñjanaḥ . puṣpavantaḥ sārvabhaumaḥ supratīkaśca diggajāḥ amaroktakrameṇa pūrvādīśānāntadikṣu sthitāḥ . asya ca uttarapadasthatve śreṣṭhārthadyotakatā vyāghrāderākṛti gaṇatvāt upamitasamāsaḥ . striyāṁ ṅīp . jātitvāt poṭāśabdena samāse’sya pūrbanipātaḥ puṁvadbhāvaśca ibhaporā ibhalakṣaṇavibhāgādi vṛha° saṁ° madhvābhadantāḥ suvibhaktadehā na copadigdhāśca kṛśāḥ kṣamāśca . gātraiḥ sameścāpasamānavaṁśā varāhatulyairjaghanaiśca bhadrāḥ .. vakṣo’tha kakṣāvalayaḥ ślathāśca lambodaraṁ tvagvṛhatī galaśca . sthūlā ca kukṣiḥ saha pecakena saiṁhī ca dṛṅmandamataṅgajasya .. mṛgāstu hrasvādharavālameḍhrāstanvaṅighrakaṇṭhadvijahastakarṇāḥ . sthūlekṣaṇāśceti yathoktacihnaiḥ saṅkīrṇanāgā vyatimiśra cihnāḥ .. pañconnatiḥ sapta mṛgasya dairghyamaṣṭau ca hastāḥ pariṇāhamānam . ekadvivṛddhāvatha mandabhadrau saṅkīrṇanāgo ‘niyatapramāṇaḥ .. bhadrasya varṇo harito madasya mandasya hāridrakasannikāśaḥ . kṛṣṇo madaścābhihito mṛgasya saṅkīrṇanāgasya mado vimiśraḥ .. tāmrauṣṭhatāluvadanāḥ kalaviṅkanetrāḥ snigdhonnatāgradaśanāḥ pṛthulāyatāsyāḥ . cāponnatāyatanigūḍhanimagnavaṁśāstanvekaromacitakūrmasamānakum bhāḥ . vistīrṇakarṇahanunābhilalāṭaguhyāḥ kūrmonnatairdvinavaviṁśatibhirnakhaiśca . rekhātrayopacitavṛttakarāḥ subālāḥ dhanyāḥ sugandhimadapuṣkaramārutāśca . doghoṅguliraktapuṣkarāḥ sajalāmbhodaninādavṛṁhiṇaḥ . vṛhadāyatavṛttakandharā dhanyā bhūmipatermataṅgajāḥ . nirmadābhyadhikahīnanakhāṅgān kubjavāmanakameṣaviṣāṇān . dṛśyakośaphalapuṣkarahīnān śyāvanīla śavalāsitatālūn . svalpavaktraruhamatkuṇaṣaṇḍhān hastinīṁ ca gajalakṣaṇayuktām . garbhiṇīṁ ca nṛpatiḥ paradeśaṁ prāpayedativirūpaphalāste . hemā° ṣari° kha° lakṣaṇasamuccaye viṣṇudha° . nāgāḥ praśastā dharmajña! pramāṇādadhikāśca ye . dīrghahastā mahocchrāyā’vāmanāśca viśeṣataḥ . nigūḍhavaṁśāmadhvakṣā vyūḍhā vyūḍhocca mastākāḥ (vyūḍhā vipulāḥ) viṁśatyaṣṭādaśanakhāḥ . śītakālamadāśca ye . te praśastāmahānāgāḥ ye tathā saptasūcchritāḥ . dantacchadeṣu dṛśyeta yeṣāṁ svastikalakṣaṇam . bhṛṅgārabālavyajanā vardhamānāṅkuśāstathā . dhāryā naite tathā dhāryā vāmanā ye ca matkuṇāḥ . hastinyoyāśca garbhiṇyoye ca bhūḍhā mata ṅgajāḥ . apākalāśca kubjāśca saddantāeva bhārgava! . kudantāśca tathā varjyā vāmakūṭāśca yatnataḥ . aśrusmṛśaśca kūṭāśca ye ṣaṇḍhā vikaṭāśca ye . rāma uvākṣa vāmanādyāśca ye nāgāḥ proktāninditanakṣaṇāḥ . teṣāṁ tu śrotumicchāmi lakṣaṇaṁ varuṇātmaja! . puṣkara uvāca . ānāhāyāmasaṁpūrṇoyo’dhihrasvo bhavedgajaḥ . vāmanaḥ sa samākhyātomatkuṇodantavarjitaḥ . (ānāhaḥsthūlatā) (āyāmo derghyam) daśāṁ caturthī saṁprāpya vardhete yasya na dvijau . sthūṇāghanāyatau syātāṁ sa mūḍho hi gajo’dhamaḥ . apākalo viśālena dantenaikena vāraṇaḥ . saṁkṣiptavakṣoja ghanaḥ pṛṣṭhamadhyasamunnataḥ . pramāṇahīnanābhiśca sa kubjovāraṇādhamaḥ . anunnatābhyāṁ saddantaḥ kudantaḥsyāttato bahiḥ . (bahirdantasīmani) . vāmadantonnato nāgo vāmakūṭaśca kathyate . dantāvaśruspṛśau yasya so’śruspṛgiti kortitaḥ . ekadantastathā nāgaḥ kūṭa ityabhidhīyate . pādayoḥ sannikarṣaḥ syāt yasya nāgasya gacchataḥ . sa ṣaṇḍo’dhvani yudve ca lakṣaṇa jñairna pūjitaḥ . aratnyabhyadhikaṁ yasya vistareṇastanāntaram . vikaṭaḥ savinirdiṣṭo durgatirninditogajaḥ . rāma uvāca . śrotumicchāmyaham deva! kuñjaraṁsaptasūcchritam . yaṁ prāpya kila rājānojayanti varsurdhā nṛpāḥ . puṣkara uvāca . varcaḥ satvambalaṁ rūpaṅkāntiḥsahananañjavaḥ . saptaitāni sadā yasya sa gajaḥ saptasūcchritaḥ . ye vāmavaddakṣiṇapārśvabhāgenāplātukāmāḥpiṭakotthayāpi . te nāgasukhyā vijayāya yuddhe bhavanti rājñāṁ na hi saṁśayo’tra tatraiva parāśarasaṁhitā . hastināṁ jātideśavarṇākṛtipramāṇaceṣṭādilakṣaṇamanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ . tatra jātayaścatasro mavanti . bhadrā mandā mṛgā miśrāśceti tatparijñānamākṛticeṣṭādibhirupadiśyate . tatra bhadra jātiścārudṛṣṭyāyatamukhovyūḍhoccamastakaḥ udagrasatvo’nuvṛttakaraḥ śrotā dorghapuṣkarāṅgulibāladhiḥ mahāmanyoromaśagrīvaḥ . sthūlameḍhrodaratāmratālujihvauṣṭhaḥ supārśvaḥ snigdhaḥ savarṇamṛduromā kūrmapādaḥ stadhvasthitiścitāṁsaḥ pṛthvāsanaḥ sūkṣmavinducitrobahvanuromopacitaśrotraḥsunakho dhanuḥpṛṣṭhavaṁśo madhuvarṇatāluryūthābhirakṣitā sahiṣṇuranvarthavedī balavān kāmāturovṛkṣāvamardī mṛdunopāyena sādhya āśūpade śagrāhī ca bhavati . (udagro uccaḥ anuvṛttakaraḥ anukrameṇa vṛttakaraḥ puṣkaraḥ karāgraṁ manyā dhamanī anvarthavedī agre vakṣyate) . mandajātiḥ saṁketābhijñaḥ suhrasvo mahodarakaraśrotāḥ sthūladantastatapṛṣṭavaṁśaḥ sthūlahastajihvāṁsagrīvaḥ, pṛthuhastamastakaḥ suvibhaktoraḥśirāḥsumṛduvṛttaśrotraḥ sthūlāsthikarakavāpīvilapādaḥ sūkṣmanābhistanutāmratvakkarṇakaṭaḥ dīrghoccameḍhrāṅgulirbālabāladhirmuṣkarandhrakakṣavaraṇopadigdhohar yakṣaḥ subaddhajaghanaḥ savṛttoraktogambhīravedī mandajātiḥ jātaśaṅkodṛḍhamanmathastīkṣṇasādhyoyūthānugābhī grahaṇagatopi nāribhayamāviśati . (gambhīravedī vakṣyate upadigdho liptaḥ) mṛgajātīyaḥ punarhrasvapuṣkaroccahanuhastabāhyamehanasudantanakhapṛthuvaṁśa gnīvāsyodarameḍhratanurviśālanetrastathāvṛttatanuśrotraḥ kuṇṭhoṣṭho ghanāyatāgrakāyaḥ saṁkṣiptakarālo nyastamastakodīrghajihvoviṣāṇopanītaḥ śīghrobahvaśanobhārasāho manasvī durdamaḥ svayūthaparyantānucārī bhinnapurīṣo’tikramaṇavedī kleśāsahaḥ krandanaśceti . miśrāstu teṣāṁ parasparasaṁyogajāḥ sarvasaṁkulalakṣaṇā iti . bhadrā śreṣṭhābhavantyāsāṁ mandā madhyā kanīyasī . mṛgā miśrā’dhikai rjñeyā guṇadoṣaiḥ samāsataḥ . atha vanabhedena gajanedāḥ . athaiṣāṁ prācyakārūṣadaśārṇamārgaṇeyakakāliṅkakāparāntikasaurāṣṭra pañcanadākhyānyaṣṭau vanāni vāsasthānāni teṣāṁ pṛthak pṛtyak karmalakṣaṇamupadekṣyāmaḥ tatra himavadgaṅgāprayāgalauhatyāntare prācyavanamatrotpannāḥ kapilāḥ avyagrāḥ kunakhapārṣṇayovāraṇāścalapṛthupecakavaṁśapiṇḍakāḥ pṛthuhastāmandavegārūkṣāścapalākṛtayo bhavanti . (pecakaḥ pucchabhūlam) mekalo matsyo gaṅgāvatāraśceti kārūkākhyavanamatrotpannāḥ śyāmāścaṇḍāḥ sucaraṇāhrasvānātyāyatāḥ śīghrodagrāvṛhadbhiruddāmairdantairdantino bhavanti . mahāgiridaśārṇavindhyāṭavīrāvatīnāṁ madhye daśārṇaṁ vanamabhikhyātamatra dīrghāṅgulipuṣkarāḥ pādmabhāḥ śyāmā vā durgrahāḥ suvṛttajaghanāgrāḥ sitasūkṣmavinducitrāścūtaphalatulyamada gandhinoviśālotsaṅgadantāḥ sthūlahastāsyaśirāgrīvā madhvakṣāḥ svāsanāḥsatvavantaśca . pāripātravaidiśabrahmāvartavanānāmantarmārgaṇeyakaṁ vanamatrodagnāḥ śīghradīrghakrameṇopadigdhāṅgāḥ balavanto’bhijātāḥ supramāṇāḥ madhvakṣāmṛdutvacaḥ kacāvilaprāyā alpapecakāhariśyāvākhaṇḍacchannāḥ suhastāḥ snigdharomāṇaḥ sthirāḥ suśarīrāḥ kureṇūnāmadhipatayaḥ svalpatāpāśca . vipulasahyadakṣiṇāraṇyotkalānāṁ madhye kāliṅgakaṁ vanamatra kalaviṅkākṣāḥ sarvaśvetāḥ sthirapadāḥ śīghrāḥ mṛdvaruṇarīmāṇastanutvagudarādīrghakeśabāladhayo dīrghakramāḥ balavanto’lpapecakāḥ padmaprabhā yāturudagnā dhanuḥpṛṣṭhavaṁśāraktatālujihvauṣṭhāḥ suprayogagrahasukhāḥvarāhajadhanāḥ nīcavṛttanakhāḥsthiracaraṇāḥ āśusuvedinomadhudaśanāḥ pītahrasvaśirodharāḥ mahoragavṛhatkarāḥ mṛdudīrghahastāhastino bhavanti . narmadodadhisevadeśāntopahāraṇāmantarato’parāntikaṁ vanamatra mānino dhīrāḥ śyāmāḥsaptapratiṣṭhitāḥ dṛśyajaghanaśirodharā pīnāyataviṣāṇāḥ svāsyakā mṛdutvaca udagrādīrgharaktatālvoṣṭhajihvāmahotsaṅgāḥ padmamadagandhino dhanuḥpṛṣṭhavaṁśāvivṛttāsyānānyavanavicāriṇaḥ . dvārakārbudāvartanarmadāntarataḥ saurāṣṭrakaṁ vanamatrālpāyuṣaścaṇḍāḥ piṅgāyatākṣāḥ madhyāyatāṅghrayo’lpapecakā mṛduvibhaktamātrāpratilomalomaśacara raṇāstanutvakkarṇanakhāḥ sūkṣmadantāḥ śikṣātyaja iti . himavatsindhukurujāṅgalakānāmabhyantare vanaṁ pañcanadākhyaṁ tatra sphuṭitarūkṣaśvetāṁśudantāstanuvindūpacitakarāḥ sugandhayogṛdavomahāpecakadeśāṅgapramāṇāḥsūkṣmavṛhattvacodurvin eyādhyānaśīlāḥ kavalatṛṣo bhavantyapi . vaneṣveteṣu jāyante pradhānāmadhyamottamāḥ . praśastā ninditāścāpi teṣāṁ vakṣyāmi lakṣaṇam . namrajatukāṣṭhasaṅkāśaṁ hrasvamalpāṅgughapuṣraṁ durgandhaṁ karkaśatvagromāṇamātatastavyasthūlaviralaparvāṇaṁ hastino hastamadhyanyavighātadhanyaṁ pītaṁ mṛduromāṇamanupūrvapatitaṁ cārudīrghāṅguliponaṁ pṛthupuṣkaraṁmṛduvalinam . sugandhivṛttaṁ pañcahastāyataṁ dviraktaṁ vṛhatcchrotogrovukāśa ca . kakṣasphuṭitāhrasvamalinaviṣamacakrakhaṇḍasūkṣmadantāvapūjitau pūjitau ca snigdhaślakṣṇapradakṣiṇonnatāmalinasamamāhitau madhusavarṇau mukulitāgrāvāvādhamanyāyātāvaṣṭādaśāṅgulapariṇāhau . atha virūpaviṣame varāhanakuladhvāṅkṣavānarābhe rūkṣmavicchinnekṣaṇe sannimīlite locane na pūjite pūjite ca kalaviṅkābhasūryamaṇi vahnitulye svanupahite ca . praśastaṁ samāhitamāyatapṛthu bāhityamavasthitaraktatālujihvauṣṭhacārusūkṣmaślakṣṇavindūpacitaṁ sarvasaṁpūrṇam . mṛdumṛduniryāṇapīḍitapuṣkaraṁ viṣamamāsanāt ṣaḍaṅgulāvāgbandhanābhāvena natakumbhalambambenātirikta pramāṇaṁ ghaṇṭāghanapiṅga rūkṣāsthūladvandva romopacitamapūjitaṁ śirovāraṇānāṁ pūjitaṁ mahodayasthānamupavitasaptakamanimnakharaniryāṇaṁ pṛthupuṣkaraṁ snigdhamṛdusūkṣṇayugnaromasuvibhaktoṣṇīṣavitānāvagrāhaṁ vā hrasvītkruṣṭopakraṣṭau vṛttau stabdhau tanuviṣamasirātatau pīḍitāntāvatiruddhapramāṇau saṁvṛtacchidrau sāndramṛdusupramāṇasirālāvapāṭhitapuṭasaṁvipulamūlikau, pṛṣṭhacchidrau dundubhisvanau vā . kleśāvahācchidrātidīrghānupacitapīḍikā sumuhatī pṛṣṭhālambanātyudgatāyatāsthānāvapīḍitā grīvā vāraṇasyāpraśastā śastā tu prahvopari piṇḍikā dṛḍhārakṣī tri baliḥ sāsnāratniparīṇāhā dvādaśāṅgulāyatā sarvasampūrṇā vā . viṣamamavāgraṁ saṁkṣiptalamvaṁ saṁpuṭamānasaṁ vigarhitaṁ sthiraṁ ca vinatamatyudgataṁ vaktaṁ pṛṣṭhavaṁśayaśobhanam . śobhanamupacitasūkṣmaṁ dhanuḥpramāṇamevaṁ saṁsthānaṁ vidyāt . atha pūrvagātrañchidronnatāṁsaṁ vikalitahastayorvṛttaṁ sirālambhanaṁ stabdhavyādhidvandvohanirlagnaṁ viṣamakacābilam pramāṇahīnamaniṣṭam iṣṭamanupūrṇopacitaṁ sthiravimaktājilasatkīṭamanupavimbamukhamacchidrarandhropacitamath oraktaṁ vā . atha jaghanaṁ ghanamucchritāsthi nirmāṁsapecakaṁ kalāhīnātiriktapramāṇaṁ bāladhyanuyāyi samanarthakaram . arthakaramatpapecakaṁ palopacitamadṛśyaśuṣkaspaṣṭacaturasramāyatāgnaṁ cārubāladhiparipūrṇāṇḍakoṣāyatatayā nāsirālapallavākāramehanamajayanañjayanaṁ ca śyāvālparūkṣasphuṭitanakhaśliṣṭasandhi, paruṣāsāratalasahā na pūjitāḥ pādāḥ anye bhavantyapi ca . viṁśatyaṣṭādaśanakhāḥ sthirāḥ kūrmasamāhitāḥ . gajānāṁ pūjitāḥ pādā ye ca syurvikacāvilāḥ . pādāḥ kacāvilā rukṣavibarṇāḥ paruṣāḥ kṛśāḥ . vāraṇānānna śastāḥ syurye vā snigdhatanūruhāḥ . sūkṣmabindu citāṁ snigdhāṁ tvacaṁ śaṁsanti dantinām . āsyaspṛśau viśālasya viṣāṇau pārśvaunnatau . upāhato viśālena dantaikena vāraṇaḥ . anunnatābhyāṁ saṁpannaḥkudantaḥ syānnatāvadhiḥ . ūrdhvaṁ vaktrāntarālasya pratimānasamau dvijau . hraṣvasthūlātidīrgheṇa dantenaikena vā guṇāḥ . varjyāste śubha kāmena sarva evātigarhitāḥ . avdadvaye nadījānāṁ pañcame’vde vanaukasām . dantamūlaparīṇāhān dviguṇānkalpayetpare . śaraśaktidhanuścakraśūlapaṭṭisalakṣaṇāḥ . dantāgrarājayo yasya sa nṛpaṁ voḍhumarhati . romṇāṁ tu saṁśrayo yaśca piṭaka sa udāhṛtaḥ . saṁ jyeṣṭhaḥ saptabhāgonomadhyabho’sau mataṅgajaḥ . antyaḥ ṣaḍḍāgahīnaḥ syādato’nyohi na pūjitaḥ . sukhāya pecake daighyaṁ pṛṣṭhapārśvodarāntaram . ānāhaucchraya pādādvijñeyo yāvadāsanam . vanaviśeṣeṇa gajalakṣaṇaṁ tatraiva vārhasyatyasaṁhitā . vanānāṁ madhye prācyaṁ kāli ṅgakamāparāntikaṁ ca trīṇi vanānyatiśobhanāni . trayāṇamapi prācyaṁ vanaṁ madhyavanamapareṣāmiva śobhanam . tatrairāvatakulaprasūtisambhavāḥ prāyeṇa mṛgamiśrabhadraṇa kṣaṇāḥ mahākāyāḥ kariṇo bhavanti . vinayasatvaśaktisampannāḥpūgaphalaprabhāstāmratviṣaḥ praviralamadā gajā yuddhecāpasarpaṇopasarvaṇanīravā bhavanti nātikrodhanāḥ samudvejitāḥ satvaṁ darśayanti . te ca vṛkṣaiḥ kavalaiḥ kāyopavaghātātiśayena madābhimukhāḥ kartṛvyāḥ . kāliṅgake vā”parāntike ca tretāyugotpannāḥ mandā mahāgajānvayajā mandābhidhānāḥ prāyaśo mṛgāvayavāḥ saṅkīrṇāgajāḥ samutpadyante . nātyudagrā jaladaghrabhā nātisthirā mandā yuddhapriyāśca gajā bhavanti . tathā kārūṣadāśārṇamārgaṇeyakābhidhāneṣu madhyamā gajāḥ samutpadyante mṛgamandajātayaḥ te ca cārbavayavāḥ madhyamabalāmadhyama pramāṇāḥ sthūlaromābilaśarīrāstanuradā mandagatayaḥ . tathā saurāṣṭre pāñcanadābhidhāne dvāparayugotpannā mṛgamataṅgajānvayā mṛgaprāyā gajābhavanti bhīravaḥ kutsitāṅgāḥ nāticaṇḍādurmadāḥ durvṛttāśca evaṁvidhāgajāḥ samutpadyante vanācca vanāntare gateṣudurvṛtteṣu gajeṣu dhenukāsamparkeṇa guptavane’pi kāliṅgake’pi . trāsaśīlaśca bhīruśva hrasva vāmanamastakaḥ . hīnāgrabhogo duḥśīlastvasaṁhataśarīrabhṛt . samucchritastvanāyāmī parīṇāhavivarjitaḥ . mṛgasvarūpodīnaśca mṛgajātirgajādhamaḥ . ataḥ paraṁ pravakṣyāmi saṁrkīṇṇasya ca lakṣaṇam . paśutvādvāraṇānāñca gacchatāṁ ca viyoniṣu . dhenukāsu bhavantyete gajā saṁkīrṇalakṣaṇāḥ . madromandomṛgovātha śuddhajātiḥ prajāyate . tasmānmiśrāṇi rūpāṇi gadatome nibodhata . ānantyānmiśrajātānāṁ niścayonopapadyate . tathāpi kiñcidudveśāmniśralakṣaṇamucyate . bhadramando bhadramṛgo bhadramanda mṛgastathā . iha bhedatrayaṁ mandamṛgayorapi jāyate . bhadrādīnāṁ ca sarveṣāṁ rūpaṁ saṁkīrṇasaṁjñitam . ūrdhvāghaḥ kāryabhedena tajjanirmidyate dvidhā . tridhā ca bhidyatemūya ekaikantu yathākramam . evamaṣṭādaśavidhaṁ kīrtitaṁ miśralakṣaṇam . śubhāśubhaṁ vimāgena sāmpratam nigadāmyaham . bhadra mandobhavediṣṭomṛgamandastathādhamaḥ . bhadramanda mṛgaścaiva madhyamaḥ parikīrtitaḥ . bhadrajāti rmahākāyogajomadhye tu dantinām . mando’vayavaleśena sa mukto bhavati dvipaḥ . mṛgasyāpi hi rūpeṇa kiñciccānugatena vai . aśubhatvaṁ na bhadrasya jāyate śobhanohi saḥ . locanānāṁ pradhānatvaṁ yasmācchāstreṣu kīrtitam . tasmānmṛgākṣisaṁsaktobhadro’pi hi na śasyate . bhādreṇo parikāyena māndenādhogatena vā . unnatohi gajānāntu bhadramandobhavedgajaḥ . anenaiva hi rūpeṇa viparyāsena yo gajaḥ . so’pi śobhana eva syānmandabhadraiti smṛtaḥ . evaṁ vidhāt mṛge cāpi lakṣaṇānmiśralakṣaṇam . mahāvayavabāhulyāt mṛgarūpasyaleśataḥ . bhadrāvayavanirmuktomadhyamo’sau gajo bhavet kāyena yo bhavedbhadro sandovāpi mataṅgajaḥ . mṛgagātro’paraścaiva sa bhavedvegavān gajaḥ . mṛgarūpādhikatvaṁ ca dṛśyate yasya dantinaḥ . adhamastu sa vijñeyaḥ satvaśaktivivarjitaḥ . karadantākṣikumbhaiśca yo mṛgojāyate gajaḥ . śeṣāvayavabhadro’pi hīna eva bhavedasau . evamuddeśamātreṇa miśrabhedā mayoditāḥ . noditā ye’pi te’trāpi miśrā jñeyā manīṣibhiḥ . miśralakṣaṇasaṁyoga uktaṣṭaṁ yasya dṛśyate . rūpantannāmadheyo’sau jāyate hi mataṅgajaḥ . ataḥ parampravakṣmāmilakṣaṇaṁ giricāriṇām . tathā nadī carāṇāṁ ca tathaivobhamayacāriṇām . mahābalā mahākāyāścitāṁsā giricāriṇaḥ . supāśvāścārudigdhāṅgādṛḍhapādāgataklamāḥ . udagrānirbhayāścaiva sallakīkavalapriyāḥ . taṭāghātavidhau bhugnadantadārita bhūtalāḥ . śārdūlādimahāsatvasaṁsphoṭātaṅkavarjitāḥ . madasrāvakṣatotsāhādurdamāvāribhīravaḥ . pāṁśukrīḍāratā nityaṁ drumonmūlanatatparāḥ . viṣāṇaveṣṭanāśīlāḥ kheṣṭasantāpanīrakāḥ . karāgrasphoṭaniratā sītkārakaraṇapriyāḥ . anudagrāghanaśyāmāḥ sīkarodgiraṇapriyāḥ . toyakarmaṇi niḥśaṅkāmataṅgāśca nadīcarāḥ . ubhayeṣucarantye te nadīparvatasānuṣu . ye gajāhṛṣṭa manasaste bhavantyatiśobhanāḥ . sarveṣāmeva nāgānāṁ chāyālakṣaṇamuttamam . yadyathā jāyate yasya tattayaivābhidhīyate . satvāṁśakatvādbhadrasya pāṭalā bhavati pramā . navapallavasacchāyā snigdhā tanutanūruhā . tayātamo’ṁśakacācca kṛṣṇā mandasya jāyate . taruṇāmbuda saṁkāśā sthūlakṛṣṇakavābilā . rajo’ṁśakatvācca tathā mṛgasyāpi hi dhūsarā . malināmbudasaṁkāśā rūkṣā tanutanūruhāḥ . evaṁchāyāviśeṣāḥ syurbhadrādīnānmayoditāḥ . chāyā saṁmiśrabhāvācca miśrā bhavati dantinām . vanajātiguṇairbhadraḥ gajaśraiṣṭho narottama! . tamo’śakatvaṁ mandasya yadyaduktaṁ nibodha me . durmanastvaṁ tathā”lasyaṁ nidrālutvaṁ ca mūḍhatā . gambhīraveditā ceti mandasya tama utthiteḥ . evaṁ rajīguṇo rājan mṛgastena rajo’ṁśakaḥ . dhairthyaṁ sthairyaṁ paṭutvaṁ ca vinītatvaṁ sukarmatā . anvarthaveditā caiva bhayasthāneṣu mūḍhatā . subhagatvaṁ ca dhīmattvaṁ satvasyaite guṇāḥ smṛtāḥ . ataḥ satvāṁśakorājan bhadrajātirudāhṛtaḥ . citratvaṁ bāhuśirasorantarmaṇigataṁ tathā . dantayormadhu varṇatvaṁ netrayormadhupiṅgatā . āsanasya pṛthutvañca pūrṇatā kukṣipārśvapoḥ . pṛthutvaṁ pṛṣṭhabhāgasya ghanatvaṁ samasandhitā . snigdhacchāyā tvathāyāmaḥpariṇāhocchrayau tathā . saśrīkatvaṁ gurutvaṁ ca kāyasyaite guṇāḥ smṛtāḥ . sarvalakṣaṇasaṁpūrṇo dṛśyate na mataṅgajaḥ . pradhānāvayave loke yatnaḥ kāryo manīṣibhiḥ . hīnaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ ca kalmāṣaṁ puṣkaraṁ na praśasyate . saṁpūrṇaṁ māṁsalaṁ raktaṁ sukumāraṁ śubhaṁ smṛtam . tryaṅgulantubhaveddhīnaṁ hīnampativināśanam . kṛṣṇaṁ bharturvighātāyakalmāṣaṁ bhartṛrīgadam . saṁpūrṇaṁ siddhidaṁ bhartuḥ puṣkara caturaṅgulam .. saubhāgyadaṁ māṁsalantu sukumāraṁ tathārthadam . raktapadmadalacchāyaṁ tathā miṣṭānnapānadam . ataḥ paraṁ śubhejñeye śrītasī pāṭalodare . pañcāṅgulapramāṇena vartulatvena cārthade . avāṅmukhaṁca tāmraṁ ca karṇatālaṁ sukhapradam . hrasvā sthūlā ca vipulā citriṇī śyāmalonitā . kuñcitā ca tathā dṛṣṭiḥ saptadhādantināṁ matā . tāsāṁ tu tryaṅgulāyāmā sā hrasvetyabhisaṁjñitā . hrasvā karoti nṛpatervināśaṁ śīghrameva hi . sthūla durbhikṣakaraṇī śyāmalā nṛpaduḥkhadā . karoti citriṇīnityaṁ tasyaiva tu vasukṣayam . bhugnā dṛṣṭirvināśāya rājñodhanavināśinī . kuñcitāhīnayoścaiva yudvakāle riporjayam . ataḥ paraṁ pravakṣyāmi krameṇa karalakṣaṇam . na karaṁ dīrghamicchanti bāladheḥ śāstrapaṇḍitāḥ . na bāladhisamaṁ hastaṁ nātidīrghaṁ kramāyatam . na tanuṁ nātikāyaṁ ca na rūkṣaṁ na kṛtavraṇam . nākrameṇa kṛtotsedhaṁ na hīnaṁ daśanāntaram . na hrasvāṅgulisaṁyuktaṁ nātisaṁkaṭapuṣkaram . etallakṣaṇasaṁyuktaṁ karaṁ śaṁsanti kovidāḥ . bāladheḥ susamohīnaḥ samovā dantiduḥkhadaḥ . atidārghobhavedbharturāyuṣaḥ kṣayakārakaḥ . tanurvyādhikaro yāturatikāyo’rthanāśanaḥ . rūkṣovyādhivraṇaṅkuryādyāturvraṇakṛtāṁ vyathām . pratilomena ca sthūlogajasya susvanāśanaḥ . asamañjasahīnaśva asamañjasa vartulaḥ . duḥkhaśokabhayāyāsakartā bhavati nityaśaḥ . daśanāntarahīnaśca jāyate dantirīgakṛt . kathitaṁ pūrvameveṣu puṣkarāṅgulilakṣaṇam . ato mayā na kathitaṁ sāmprataṅkaralakṣaṇe . nirvalīkodīrgharomā kramavṛttatvasaṁyutaḥ . aṇubinduvicitraśca dairvyeṇa ca śatāṅgulaḥ . bāladheḥ puṣkaraṁ yāvadāyāmojātyape kṣayā . aratnitrayā”nāhaśca hīnahīnatarakramāt . yuktastvanena mānena karaḥ pūjyatamo bhavet .. nirbalīke ca saubhāgyandīrgharomārthadaḥ smṛtaḥ . kramavṛttojayaṁ kuryādaṇubinduyutodhanam . supramāṇaṁ bhavedrājñaḥ karasya parivardhanaḥ . ānāhabāṁśca satataṁ rājyasphītikarobhavet . karasya kīrtitaṁ hyetallakṣaṇaṁ śubhasaṁjñitam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ dantabeṣṭayoḥ . kacahīnāvatisthūlau viṣamau śithilau tathā . dantaveṣṭau sadā bhartuḥ pramāṇābhyāsasaukhyadau . dantamūle susambadvau sakacau kiñcidunnatau . dṛṣṭau sadā tathā bharturvṛdvidau parikīrtitī . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣṇantu viṣāṇayoḥ . vyastatā saṅkaṭatvaṁ ca prāṁśutā bhasmaśubhratā . vakratvaṁ hrasvatā caiva dhūsaratvaṁ ca rūkṣatā . mṛdutā’dhogatitvañca hīnatā mūlamadhyayoḥ . prāntayoḥ sthūlatā caiva dīrghatā cātimātratā . sarpacchatrakakāntitvaṁ doṣāhyete caturdaśa . dantayostu samākhyātāḥ phalaṁ teṣānnibodha me . vyastau ca saṅkaṭau dantau madahānikarau tu tau . dantinastanutāyuktau vyādhidau parikīrtitau . bhasmaśubhrau tathā bharturmahā kleśakarau matau . vakrau cārthavināśāya hrasvau ca parikīrtitau . dhūsarau rūkṣatāyuktau gajasyāyurvināśanau . mṛdutvayuktau nāgasya śalyavraṇakarau matau . sthūlāgrādho gatitve ca bharturyātuśca duḥkhade . aśubhaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ hyetaddantayoḥ kathitaṁ mayā . śubhaṁ ca sāmpratambakṣye yathāvadanupūrvaśaḥ . snigdhau samau suniṣkrāntau saṁpūrṇauvraṇavarjitau . mukulāgrau dṛḍhau vāpi tāmnacūḍau halopamau . dakṣiṇābhyunnatau kiñcit mṛṇālakumudaprabhau . mudhakundadalacchāyau hemacamprakapiñjarau . madhupiṅgau ghṛtacchāyau pīpūṣasadṛśaprabhau . ketakīkusumābhau ca mṛgāṅkakiraṇaprabhau . adhyardhvāratnimānau ca tadardhānāhasaṁyutau . amīmirlakṣaṇairyuktau dantau nāgasya sammatau . snigdhau dhanapradau bharturāyuṣaśca karau matau . arighnau tu suniṣkrāntau saṁpūrṇau rājyadau matau . nirvraṇau rājyalābhāya mukuṭāgrau jayapradau . dṛḍhau rogavināśāya tāmravūḍau halopamau . arisaṁghavināśāya kīrtitauśāstrapaṇḍitaiḥ . dakṣiṇābhyunnatau bhartuḥ kīrtitau bhāgyakārakau . mṛṇālakumudacchāyau subhikṣārogyakārakau . hemacampakasaṅkāśau vajrāmaraṇadau smṛtau . kuruto madhupiṅgau ca niḥsapatnaṁ mahītale . paśulābhakarau jñeyau ghṛtapīpūṣasannibhau . ketakīkusumābhau ca bharturvaṁśavivardhanau . adhyardvāratnikaudantau sutabhṛtyajayapradau . ānāhamānasaṁyuktau sadāsphītikarau matau . idaṁ śubhakaraṁ rājan! dantayorlakṣaṇaṁ matam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi netrayorapi lakṣaṇam . mārjāranakulakrauñcaśākhāmṛganimekṣaṇān . sarvadoṣakarān rājan! gajān dūreṇa varjayet . snigdhe madhunibhedīpte kalaviṅkākṣisannibhe . raktapadmadalacchāye padmarāgamaṇiprabhe . nirdhūmāgniśikhākāre indranīlasamaprabhe . saumyadṛṣṭisamāyukte tryaṅgule locane śubhe . snigdhe vṛddhikare bharturmadhupiṅge jayaprade . dīpte dīptikare caiva pratāpāyatane tathā . kalaviṅgākṣirūpe ca dhanadhānyavivardhane . cāmīkarakare nityaṁ raktapadmadalaprabhe . padmarāganibhecaiva ratnālaṅkārakārake . nirdhūmāgniśikhākāre pratipakṣabhayaṅkare . mānayukte ca saumye ca locane balavardhane . akṣikūṭakaṭoddeśanimnau rājyavināśanau . saṁpūrṇau ca balotsāhamadavṛdvikarau matau . dantāśrayaṁ bhavennityaṁ tālukaṁ ṣoḍaśāṅgulam . ṣaḍaṅgulaṁ pṛthutvena vaṁśa gadhyagataṁ bhavet . tathā śubhāśubhaṁ caiva lakṣaṇajñaiḥ prakīrtitam . kṛsaramparidagdhañca kṛṣṇaṁkalmāṣamevavā . caturvidhamaniṣṭaṁ syādyathāvadabhidhīyate . kṛṣṇaṁ masīsamaṁ jñeyaṁkalmāṣaṁ kṛṣṇalohitam . māṁsalaṁ dhūmravarṇaṁ ca paridagdhaṁ prakī rtitam . kṛsarañca tilacchāyaṁ kathitaṁ śāstravedibhiḥ . garbhasthasya yadā pittaṁ vīyate tālukaṁ bhṛśam . kṛṣṇatālustadā nāgojāyate pāpalakṣaṇaḥ . vyāghibhiḥ pīddhyate nityaṁ vātapittakaphodbhavaiḥ . tṛtīyāṁ vā catuthīṁ vā daśāṁ prāpya vinaśyati . saṁgrāme vā palāyeta bahuśastrakṛtavraṇṇaḥ . śastra saṅghātapūrṇāṅgaḥ kṛtāntabhavanaṁ vrajet . vātapittakaphā yasya kurvanti tāluke gadam . garbhasthasyaiva kalmāṣatālukaṁ tasya jāyate kṛṣṇatāluni ye doṣā rakte caiva guṇāḥ smṛtāḥ . kalmāṣa tālunastetu bhavanti ca dvayorapi . raktacchāyaṁ yadā vaṁśe pārśvayostvasitaṁ bhavet . tadā madhyaphalaṁ jñeyaṁ guṇadoṣa samāśrayāt . yadā vaṁśe ca kṛṣṇaṁ syātpārśvayostāmratā bhavet . bharturudvegajanakaṁ kalmāṣaṁ tālukaṁ tadā . kiñciddhīnaṁ tu yattālu paridagdhaṁ tadā bhavet . nāgasyādhoraṇasyāpi balakṣayakaraṁ hi tat . kṛsaraṁ ca bhavet tālu pittakopasamudbhavam . mahāmātravināśāya vāraṇasyopajāyate . (mahāmātrohastipakaḥ) kṛṣṇatālorapi yadā dakṣiṇāvartanaṁ bhavet . dṛśyate nityamevaṁ hi tadāsau doṣavarjitaḥ . yathā gṛhṇāti no doṣān sulokaḥ musamāhitaḥ . guṇān karoti hṛdaye na tathā kathitānapi . doṣaghnaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ śastaṁ yadācāryairudāhṛtam . tattathaivāvagantavyaṁ nānyathātrāpi bhāṣitam . evaṁ jihvāpi mantavyā tālunaḥ samalakṣaṇā . aratnimātrā dairghyeṇa vistāre’ṣṭāṅgulā matā . aśubhaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ hyetattālukasya mayoditam . śubhaṁ ca sāmprataṁ vakṣye lakṣaṇaṁ śṛṇucānagha! . raktaṁ śvetaṁkaṣāyaṁ ca tālukaṁsyāt śubhapradam . raktaṁ vṛddhikaraṁ bhartustathā cāyurvivardhanam . dantino’śokapuṣpābhaṁ ripukṣayakarammatam . śvetaṁ puṣṭikaraṁ cāpi vā raṇasyopajāyate . campakābhaṁ tathā bharturāraugyasya vivardhanam . kaṣāyaṁ sarvadā khyāta prayātuḥ saukhyavardhanam . evaṁ jihvāpi raktābhā sarvasaukhyapradā matā . ataḥpara pravakṣyāmi sṛkkaṇyāśritya lakṣaṇam . dantino mānahīne ca sṛkkaṇī mānavarjite . (sṛkkaṇī oṣṭhasandhī) mukharīgakare nityaṁ paṇḍitaiḥ parikīrtite . sarvasaukhyaprade tasya saṁpūrṇe dvādaśāṅgule . ataḥparaṁ va pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁcivukoṣṭhayoḥ . aromaśambalīyuktamātāmraṁ ca tathā laghu . gajasyauṣṭhaṁ na śaṁsanti munayo dantarogadam . dīrgharomā susaṁpūrṇa oṣṭhaḥ padmadalaprabhaḥ . ṣoḍaśāṅgulānāhaśca hastārdhaṁ vāyataḥ śubhaḥ . bharturāyuḥkarodīrgho dīrgharomā ca kīrtitaḥ . pūrṇaḥ pūrayate kośaṁ raktaḥ saubhāgyadobhavet . aromaśaṁ tathāhīnaṁ cibukaṁ na praśasyate . taddhi vāraṇanāthasya mukharogakarammatam . caturaṅgulamānantu sthūlaṁ romāvilaṁ yat tatpraśastaṁ gajendrāṇāṁ sukhālaṅkhārakārakam . nimne ca viṣame caiva hīne caivāśubhe mate . madahānikare nitya sagade karṇarogade . śaśvanninādayukte ca same caiva sukhaprade . mānaṁ ca karṇapālyāstu mūlādārabhya gṛhyate . bāhitthāvaghi kumbhaṁ ca hīnaṁ nimnaṁ ca garhitam . mukharogakaraṁ nitya satyahānikaraṁ ca tat . pūrṇaṁ caivonnataṁ sārdhahastamātrāyataṁ bhavet . taddhi vāraṇanāthasya mukharogakaraṁ matam . caturaṅgugamāna tu sthūlam romābilañca yat . tat praśastaṁ gajendrāṇāṁ sukhālaṅkārakārakam . aratnipariṇāhañca kariṇāṁ satvaśaktidam . vāmanaṁ hastahīnañca pariṇāhavivarjitam . avyaktañca na śaṁsanti vātakumbhaṁ vipatkaram . dvādaśāṅgulavistārandairghyeṇāṣṭādaśāṅgulam . vyaktaṁśuktipuṭākāraṁ tadbharturlābhakārakam . gartākāre ca niryāṇe kaṭhine cātikutsite . śirasorogajanane gajasyārohakasya ca . saṁpūrṇe sukumāre ca supraśaste prakīrtite . rājyavṛddhikare nityaṁ bharturvijayakārake . idameva hi vijñeyaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ kaṭapārśvayoḥ . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ kumbhayorapi . viṣamatvamaromatvaṁ dehacchāyāvivarṇatā . samatā kaṇṭhapṛṣṭhābhyāṁ samādhikyamapūrṇatā . vyaktatā vāmanatvaṁ ca pariṇāhavihīnatā . tanubhāvaḥ śikharayoḥ kumbhadoṣā daśa smṛtāḥ . bhartuścāpatkarau jñeyau viṣamau romavarjitau . dehacchāyāvivarṇau tu śatrulokavivardhanau . kaṇṭhapṛṣṭhasamau caiva prayātuḥ pravināśanau . mānādhikau ca hīnau ca bharturucchedakārakau . vyāptau ca vāmanau caivabhartuḥ kīrtivināśanau . pariṇāha vihīnau ca kośakṣayakarau matau . śikharasya tanutvena yuktau kumbhau tu rogadau . aśubhaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ hyetatsāmpratañca śubhaṁ śṛṇu . samau dīrghakacākrāntau vistīrṇaśikharau tathā . karṇa mūlātsamārabhya hastārdvajamitocchrayau . susaṁhatau ca pīnau ca kāminīkucasannibhau . samākāntalalāṭau ca dehacchāyā samaprabhau . ārohakaśarīrārdhadarśanāvaraṇakṣamau . saśrīkau ca suvṛttau ca śubhau kumbhau prakīrtitau . samau ca dīrgharomāṇau bhartuḥ śrīsaukhyakārakau . samānau ripunāśāya tathaiva ca samunnatau . susaṁhatau ca pīnau ca varastrīlābhakārakau . śatrunāśakarau jñeyau kāminīkucasannibhau . samākrāntalalāṭau ca susvadau roganāśanau . ārohisthagitārdhau ca saśrīkau ca jayapradau . vṛttau ca hastināṁ kumbhau puṣpālaṅkārakārakau . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi karṇayorapi lakṣaṇam . nirlomaśau snasākīrṇau tanucchidrau tanutvacau . (snasā sirā) saṅkaṭau viṣamau rūkṣau tru ṭitāgrau ca niṣṭhurau . stabdhau ca vartulau caiva karṇau nāgasya ninditau . phalañca sāmprataṁ vakṣye yathāvadanupūrvaśaḥ . nirlomaśau snasākīrṇau gajasya karṇarogadau . niṣṭhurau truṭitāgrau ca yātuḥkośaharau matau . stabdhau ca vartulau caiva gajasyāyurvināśanau . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi śubhakarṇaviniścayam . dviratnimānasaṁyuktau sirājālavivarjitau . saptatvacau mahācchidrau snigdhau dundubhi nisvanau . kapolamaṇḍalāsphālāttataśabdau muhurmuhuḥ . karṇau cāmarasaṁkāśau mṛduromakṛtārcanau . ajarjaramṛduprāntāvīṣadguptāvacūlikau . mayūratālavṛntābhau suvistīrṇasamau śubhau . dviratnimānasaṁyuktau bharturāyuḥkarau matau . snasājālavinirmuktau śirorogavināśakau . samatvacau mahācchidrau gajalābhakarau matau . snigdhaukāntikarau nityaṁ jayadau dundumisvanau . śatrunāśakarau proktau mṛduromīkṛtatārcanau . ajarjaramṛduprāntau prayātuḥ saukhyakārakau . gajasyopacayāyaiva īṣadguptāvacūlikau . mayūratālavṛntābhau turaṅgabalavardhanau . suvistīrṇau samau bhartu rbhūmilāmakarau matau . karṇayostu samākhyātaṁ mayaitatśubhalakṣaṇam . kaṇṭhasya sāmprataṁ vakṣye yathāvadanupūrvaśaḥ . avakrohīno dīrghaśca kaṇṭhaśca śubhadobhavet . ārohakaprabhūṇāñca kramaśaḥ kuñjarasya ca . avakraḥ pariṇāhena saptaṣaṣṭyadhikaṁ śatam . aṅgulānāṁ tathāyāme dvādaśaivāṅgulāni tu . sampūrṇapiṇḍitodagraścāntarmaṇivibhūṣitaḥ . kaṇṭhovāraṇanāthasya evaṁ bhūtaḥ supūjitaḥ . ṛjuḥ pramodajananaḥ sampūrṇaḥkāryasiddhidaḥ . ahrasvojayakṛdbhartuḥ kīrtitaḥ pūrṇapiṇḍakaḥ . udagrovaṁśavṛddhiṁ ca pratāpaṁ kurute tathā . antarmaṁṇisamāyuktomaṇiratnaprado bhavet . karālañcātinimnaṁ ca āsanaṁ na praśasyate . karālaṁ yāturaśubhaṁ nimnaṁ ca vraṇakārakam . dairghyeṇa hastamātraṁ tu vistīrṇañca śubhaṁ smṛtam . vistīrṇaṁ vistṛtaṁ rājyaṁ sampūrṇaṁ kurute jayam . vaṁśasyātha pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ tu śubhāśubham . atyucchritonimnapāraḥ hrasvo vaṁśonaśasyate . rājñāṁ ca pādarogāṇāṁ kartā ca sa mavetsadā . ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulāyāsamāsanātpaścimāsanam . yāvat prapūryate pārśvavaṁśo’śvaphalakākṛtiḥ . śubho jñeyo gajendrāṇāmāyāmaḥ kurute sukham . pūrṇapārśvastu lābhāya dhanuḥpṛṣṭhaḥ śriyaṁ nayet . aratnidvayamānaṁ tu pecakātpaścimāsanam . ghanāsthi viṣamaṁ nimnaṅgahitaṁ puccharogadam . māṁsopacayapūrṇaṁ ca vistīrṇañca śubhaṁ matam . jaghanopari rogāṇāṁtaddhi nāśakaraṁ matam . (pecakātpucchamūlāt) . pucchogajasya no śasto bahudīrgho’tilambitaḥ . karoti mahatīṁ pīḍāṁrājñaścādhoraṇasya ca . dvyaṅgulastu pṛthutvena dairghyeṇāṣṭādaśāṅgulaḥ . saṁpūjyaḥ pecakojñeyo gajabhartuḥ sukhapradaḥ . vakraṁ sthūlañca hrasvaṁ ca pucchaṁ kacavivarjitam . samānāhaṁ ca nāgasya sarvadoṣakaraṁ bhavet . avakra ṛjudīrghaśca granthihīnaḥ supecakaḥ . gopucchabālapratimakacabrātavibhūṣitaḥ . bhūmiṁ tu na spṛśet yastu caturbhiścāṅgulaiḥ sadā . sa śubho bāladhirjñeyo gajabhartṛsukhapradaḥ . atipramāṇaṁ hrasvaṁ ca karvūraṁ vigataprabham . sirālaṁ cāśubhaṁ meḍhraṁ rājahastipaduḥkhadam . śastaṁ ṣaḍaṅgulāyāmaṁ nāhataḥ ṣoḍaśāṅgulam . sirājālavinirmuktamāmrapallavasaprabham . dvyaṅgulaṁ srotasā yuktaṁ vindumātravivarjitam . meḍhraṁ praśastaṁ vijñeyaṁ bharturjīvitavardhvanam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ gātrayīrapi . hīne tanūca dīrghe ca samamāṁsocchraye tathā . viṣame ca kacākrānte gātre nāgasya nindite . hīne tanū ca kurutaḥ prayāturvinipātanam . samamāṁsocchraye yāturviṣame ca vipatkare . kavāvile gajasyaiva gātrarogakaretathā . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi mātrayoḥ śubhalakṣaṇam . sārdhadviratnistriratniḥ śatāṅgulasamānatā . evaṁmite smṛte gātre bharturārogyasaukhyade . same ca kacahīne ca gajalābhakare tathā . gajasya puṣṭide nityaṁ māṁsale ca ghane smṛte . mātre vāraṇanāthasya evaṁbhūte śubhe mate . cipiṭe vā saphalake gātrarogakare sadā . saṁpūrṇe rājyade bharturgajasya vasusuprade . tathaiva romanihite gajasya galoragade . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi nakhānāñca śubhāśubham . hīnāḥkṛṣṇāśca khaṇḍāśca rūkṣāśca na nakhāḥ śubhāḥ . sadā ca rogadā hīnāḥkṛṣṇā bhartṛvināśanāḥ . khaṇḍārūkṣāgajasyaiva pādavyādhivivardhanāḥ . snigdhāścandrārdhasaṅkāśā mānenaiva puronakhāḥ . saptādipañca saṁkhyāni aṅgulāni krameṇa hi . evaṁ vidhānakhāḥ śastā bharturārogyakārakāḥ . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi pādayorapi lakṣaṇam . hīnau suṣṭhutalau rūkṣau caraṇau dantiduḥkhadau . hastapramāṇau dairghyeṇa kūrmākārau sukhapradau . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇañcāparāśritam . atyucchrite ca hīne ca nindite cāpare tanū . sampūrṇeca śubhe jñeyetryaratnyāyāmasaṁ yute . nindite rogade jñeye pūjite prabhusaukhyade . dvādaśāṅgula hīnaṁ tu āsanātpaścimāsanam . aparapādayoścāpi āyāmo’ratnimātrakaḥ . nakhānāṁ ca tathā mānaṁ ṣaḍādicaturaṅgulam . pradhānāvayavānāntu lakṣaṇaṁ kathitaṁ yathā . utsedhāyāmanāhānāṁ sāmprataṁ kathayāmyaham . samatantusamāyuktatantunā vartitena ca . supraśaste dine nityaṁ mānaṁ kurvīta mānavit . saptāratni gajendrāṇāṁ pramāṇaṁ vanajanmanām . āsanaṁ yāvadutsedhastalasandhisu kīrtitaḥ . pecakātpratimānantu āyāmoratnayo nava . madhyadeśe tadānāhoṁ daśaratniḥ prakīrtitaḥ mānametaddhi bhadrasya munibhiḥpariprakīrtitam . saptamena tu bhāgena hīnaṁ mandasya jāyate . mandāddhīnaṁ mṛgākhyasya ṣaḍbhāgena prakīrtitam . evaṁ krameṇa vaktavyaṁ mānaṁ mānaviśāradaiḥ . kiñcinmānādhike vāpi na doṣaḥ saṁprapadyate . doṣāṇāṁ ca guṇānāñca vṛddhireva phalapradā . satvaṁ hi vāraṇendrāṇāṁ nityaṁ tantreṣu saṁsthitam . snigdhe madhunibhe dīpte kalaviṅkākṣisannibhe . raktapadmadalacchāye padmarāgamaṇiprabhe . nīlacchāye atīkṣṇe ca gaje satvaṁ pratiṣṭhitam . mājāravānarādīnāṁ sadṛśe nobalaṁ gaje . hīnasatvāśca jāyante girikūṭopamā api . adhikaṁpuṣakaraṁ yasya māṁsalatvena jāyate . prabhayāca kaṣāyaṁ syānmānenāṅgulapañcakam . kiñcidūne ca vijñeye śrotasī caturaṅgule . sthūlapañjāṅgulāyāmā tryaṅgulā nāha mānatā . hasto’pi pūrvamānasya sthūlatvenādhikobhavet . romaśonātivṛddhaśca pṛthulaḥ ṣaḍbhiraṅgulaiḥ . āyāmena ca hīnaḥsyāt pūrvamānāt ṣaḍaṅgulaiḥ . nātigopucchasaṁsthānaḥkṛṣṇavinduvibhūṣitaḥ . ānāhe ratni mānau tu sārdhahastadvayāyatau . pīyūṣakumudacchāyau kiñciccampakapiṅgalau . snigdhau mugdhatabhāveva dantau nāgasya kīrtitau . dantāveṣṭāvatisthūlau kacākrāntau suniṣṭhurau . pañcāṅgulau kaṭau jñeyau māṁsīpacayapūritau . jñeye kaṭopari tathā śrotasī dvyaṅgulāntare . ekāśītyaṅgulānāhe dvāviṁśatyaṅgulāyate . kiñcinnataṁ kacākrāntaṁ vāhitthaṁ parikīrtitam . patimānaṁ tu vijñeyaṁ hastaḥ sacaturaṅgulaḥ . adhyardharatnimānaṁ ca pramāṇāntarabhedataḥ . āyāmamanu vijñeyastvadharastu daśāṅgulaḥ . viṁśatyaṅgumānastu pariṇāho’bhidhīyate . pañcāṅgulaṁ tu cibukaṁ sṛkviṇī tu navāṅgule . ṣaḍviṁśadaṅgulāyāme saṅgate parikīrtite . adhyardharatnikau karṇau vistāreṇa kacācitau . kaṣāyapallavau sthūlau kṛṣṇavinduvicitritau . saṣadbhāmakarāyāmāvavacūlau kacāvilau . pañcāṅgulāntarau pīnāvubhāvoṣṭhau daśāṅgulau . karṇāt karṇāntaraṁ yāvat ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulaṁ śiraḥ . vātakumbhaṁ tathā jñeyaṁ sthūlaṁ saptadaśāṅgulam . aṅgulānāṁ śataṁ sārdhamānāhi dvyaṅgulāghikam . āyatatvaṁ ca kaṇṭhasya daśāṅgulamiti smṛtam . bhadrasyaivāsanaṁ jñeyaṁ tathoktaṁ saptaratnikam . ṣaḍaṅgulocchritaṁ sthūlaṁ tulyaṁ lāṅgūlamānataḥ . pucchamūlād dvihastantu jāyate paścimāsanam . ucchrayeṇa tu hīnaṁ syādāsanaṁ ṣaḍabhiraṅgulaiḥ . pecakastryaṅgulāyāmolambatvenāṅgulatrayam . viṁśatyaṅgulamānāhe bhavet pucchoyathāgamam . prāntapādakrameṇaiva tathāyāme’ṅgulatrayam . dairvyeṇa tu sa vijñeyo bhūmeraṣṭāṅgulocchritaḥ . idaṁ bāladhimānaṁ tu mandasya parikīrtitam . sārdhadvyaratnike mūle aparesaṁprakīrtite . udare cātimātraṁ syānmeḍhraṁ hastadvayāyatam . viṁśatyaṅgulamānāhe kṛṣṇacchāyaṁ sadā bhavet . pañca catvāri ca trīṇi aṅga lāni nakhāḥ kramāt . āpāṇḍuvivarāḥ kundābhāsāścāparapādayoḥ . anenaiva tu mānena gātrapādasamāśrayāḥ . nakhā mandasya vijñeyāścaraṇāśca kacābilāḥ . atisthūlaḥ pṛthutvena sārdhahastādhikaḥ karaḥ . aratnikaṁ vā, dairghyeṇa pramāṇaṁ gātrayorapi . uromaṇi stathā jñeyoratnimātro’timāṁsalaḥ . viṁśatyaṅgulamānastu antargalamaṇirbhavet . anenaiva hi mānena vātakumbhaḥ prakīttitaḥ . ete praśastā mandasya mūnātha! kathitāstava . noktā ye te’pi bhadrasya vijñeyāḥ samalakṣaṇāḥ . mṛgasya sāmprataṁ vakṣye pradeśān lakṣaṇānvitān . tryaṅgulaṁ puṣkaraṁ tasya tryaṅgule śrotasī tathā . aṅgulāni ca catvāri kīrtitāstasya cāṅgulāḥ . tanuḥ karaḥ tryaratniḥsyādānāhe sārdharatnikaḥ . bāhitthāt puṣkaraṁ yāva nmānaṁ sadbhirudāhṛtam . tathā tanutarau dantau dīrghye sārdhadvyaratnikau . hrasvau ca mastakau syātāntayoḥ saptadaśāṅgulau . pratimānaṁ tathā jñeyaṁ nimnaṁ pañcadaśāṅgulam . dvyaṅgulaṁ cibukaṁ tasmādadharastu ṣaḍaṅgulaḥ . aṣṭādaśāṅgulānāhe sṛkvaṇī tu ṣaḍaṅgule . syātāmaṅgulaviṁśatyau kapolau nimnamadhyagau . kaṭau dvyaṅgumānau tu niryāṇe caturaṅgule . netre cāpi tathā syātānniṣprabhesthūlatārake . nātivyaktaṁ samāṁsaṁ spādvātakumbhaṁ daśāṅgulam . gartākārañca nimnaṁ ca kaṭakumbhaṁtathaiva tu . aṣṭāṅgulāntaraṁ kumbha āyāme ṣoḍaśāṅgulaḥ . viṁśatyaṅgulakau karṇau stabdhau rūkṣau ca vartulau . ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulānāhā āyāme ṣoḍaśāṅgulā . grīvā mṛgasya vijñeyā karālamāsanaṁ bhavet . sārdhadvyaratnikāyāmaḥ kubjatuṅgo’timātrayā . vaṁśomṛgasya vijñeyo nimnatalpanibhaprabhaḥ . sthūlāsthi viṣamaṁ nimnaṁ pucchamadhyardharatnikam . āsanena samaṁ caiva mṛgasya paścimāsanam . pañcāṅgulastu vijñeyaḥ pecakogudasaṁsṛtaḥ . kacāgranthisamākīrṇaḥ sthūlohrasvaśca bāladhiḥ . aparāpādapārṣṇibhyāṁ hastamātrasamucchrayaḥ . dīrghatanuruhacchannodvisaptatyaṅgulāyataḥ . tatpramāṇe tathā gātre cipiṭe cāpi niṣprabhe . caraṇāśca gatacchāyaiścatustridvyaṅgulairnakhaiḥ . saṁyuktāḥsphuṭitā nimnā mānenāṣṭādaśāṅgulāḥ . etaduddeśamātreṇa kathitaṁ mṛgalakṣaṇam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi teṣāṁ balaparīkṣaṇam . gajā na balarhānena surūpeṇāpi śobhanāḥ guṇeṣvapi balaṁ śreṣṭhaṁ tat parīkṣīta paṇḍitaḥ . śarīrāntargataḥ prāṇo balaśabdena kīrtyate . kriyate vāraṇasyātha tasyopāyaiḥ parīkṣaṇam . jāmbūnadasya tāmrasya palānāṁ rajatasya vā . aṣṭādaśasahasrāṇi yuktyā saṁgṛhya vegavān . daśayojanamadhvānaṁ gacchati śramavarjitaḥ . yo gajo gajamadhye tu sa uttamabalaḥ smṛtaḥ . yaścaturdaśasāhasrabhāramādāya gacchati . saptayojanamadhvānaṁ sa madhyamabalomataḥ . daśasāhasrikaṁ bhāraṁ gṛhītvā pañcayojanam . adhvānaṁ yohi saṁyāti sa hīnabala ucyate . satribhāgadvihastena pariṇāhena saṁyutam . caturhastanisvātaṁ tu yobhinattyuttamohi saḥ . atha votpāṭayedvāpi balena mahatā yutaḥ . sārdhatrihastakhātantu saptahastocchritaṁ tathā . pañcāśadaṅgulīkena pariṇāhena saṁyutam . bhinatti yogajaḥ śīghraṁ kṣipatyuddhṛtya vā punaḥ . sa gajānāntu sarveṣāṁ madhye madhyabalo mataḥ . hastatrayanikhātantu ṣaḍhastocchrayameva vā . yuktaṁ sthūlatayā caiva pūrvasaṁkhyārdhamātrayā . bhinatti helayā yastu utkhātaṁ vā karoti vā . stambhaṁ kuñjaramadhyetu sa hīnabala ucyate . gurutvaṁ ca yataḥ śreṣṭhaṁ gurutvādadhikaṁ balam . balādabhyadhikaṁ satvaṁ tasmātsatvaṁ nirūpayet . śuddhasphaṭitasaṅkāśaṁ satvaṁ hṛdi śarīriṇām . durlakṣyaṁ vidyate samyagupāyaistaddhi lakṣayet . supraśaste dine lagne gajogairikamaṇḍitaḥ . karṇe cāmaraśaṅkhādisukhābharaṇabhūṣitaḥ . pādāndolanasaṁjātaghaṇṭāravanibhasvanaḥ . ārohakakarāsphālakṛtotsāhonnatā nanaḥ . atyantaṁ ḍhokayecchrīghraṁ pārśvakolāhalākulaḥ . vegotthānakṛtāsphoṭadantasaṁghaṭṭamardanaiḥ . kṛtāṁ kāmapi na hastasya vedanāṁ yo na manyate . yo hi madaiḥkṛtāsphālaiḥ svakaṭaṁ bhartumicchati . nāpasarpati bhītyānopratiyātaṁ raṇāt kvacit . kaṇṭhagarjitanādena paripūritadigmukhaḥ . nivartyate ca duḥkhena sa bhavet satvavān gajaḥ . pa tyaśvasamūhaṁ vā gajamālātimīṣaṇam . rāgotthānasamudbhūtagambhorakalahākulam . utthāya samare gacchedroṣarañjitalocanaḥ . dantadāraṇarāgeṇa pratināgakṛtekṣaṇaḥ . prasāritairatistarvairniḥśaṅkaṁ karṇapallavaiḥ . yo gacchatyativegena sa bhavet satvavāngajaḥ . śārdūlākṛtisatvānāṁ trāsavarjitamānasaḥ . kṛtakaṁ ca tathā nāgaṁ yobhinattyuttamo hi saḥ . dāvānalaśikhiśreṇīśabdasaṁtrāsavarjitaḥ . vaneṣu vicaratyeṣa sa satvasahito gajaḥ . kṛtaśaṅkāvaśādyastu na vārohiṇamīyate . saṅkacan mastakaṁ dīnomandānmandataro bhavet . ālokayati pārśvāni cītkārakaraṇapriyaḥ . ālokayati soṣmabhyāṁ locanābhyāmpratidvipam . padātyaśvasamūhaṁ vā jvalantamiva manyate . adhamastu suvijñeyo gaja saḥ śramavarjitaḥ . yastusaṁdhaṭate mandaṁ ghaṭitaścāpasarpati . tathāpasarpya vegena dantāghātaṁ prayojayet . kiñcittiryanmukhobhūtvā kṛtacītkāranisvanaḥ . kurute dantasaṁghātam sa vijñeyo’ghamogajaḥ . prathamādipañcasudaśāsu madavikārabhedamuktvāha tatraiva . taṭatarubhavanonmūlanaratastu ṣaṣṭyāṅgajo bhavati . karavadanākṣikaṭasthala galanmadasalilasiktabhūmitalaḥ . saṁgrāme ripubharakaravimuktaśaranikaraśalyasahaḥ . karavīrapuṣpalohitalīghanaḥ sa cārudāruṇākāraḥ . pratināgasaṁghadāraṇaprakṛtiraṁśalastu saptamyām . na śṛṇeti naiva paśyati ca na bhayañjānāti sarvasatvakṛtam . yaśca ghanāsphālitaṁ mukharitaṁ cānanaṁ patati kārayan . na sahante tasya gandhaṁ saṅkocitagātrakubjakarakaṭāḥ kariṇaḥ . marditanijabalā vimuktanādāḥ praṇaśyanti . na tathā śaṅkhābharaṇairna cāmarairnākṣamālābhiḥ . bhavati yathā madasārairmukhasya śobhā gajendrāṇām . klamavirahitā bhavati hi ṣaṣṭhī vā pañcamī caturthī vā . donāvasthā kariṇāṁ satvavatāṁ madaviśeṣeṇa . ativṛddhamadavikāre mṛhyanti śiśumade’pi mātaṅgāḥ . satvātirekayuktābalasya śobhāṁ parāṁ prāptāḥ . sthalabhede na madodgamaphalaṁ tatraivāha . kurute narapatituṣṭiṁ dakṣiṇagaṇḍasthalodgatandānam . romodgataṁ ca yāturviśeṣasukhadaṁ sadā bhavati . ubhayakaṭasthalasamanirgataṁ ca viṣayasya vṛddhikaram . śiśirasugandhiparimalaṁ sukhapradaṁ jāyate bhartuḥ . māṅgalyaṁ śrījananaṁ sobhāgyakaraṁ satvajananaṁ ca . mādyanti yatra deśe daśāvipākena balakṛtānandāḥ . kariṇastasmin rājā vardhitavaṁśaḥ sukhaṁ vasati . katakabahulailāparimalaśca sukhadomado bhavati . mūtrapurīṣasvedāsṛkvapharasonāditībragandhadharaḥ . aśubhakaro’sau narapatiyātṝṇāñjāyate madaḥ . jāyante ye bhāvā rājan! madakhaṇḍamaṇḍita mukhasya . nāgasya mada viśeṣāstāṁstān pravakṣyāmi . cālayati durgandhamivāghrāya puṣkaraṁ kṣipati prerayati . leḍhijihvāgreṇa sṛkvaṇī vighaṭitoṣṭhapuṭaḥ . saṁpīḍya puṣukarāgreṇa cāṅguliṁ niḥśvasaccādhovadanaḥ . tiryakprekṣī bhavati mīlitākṣaḥ kṣaṇaṁ sthitvā . tiryak cālitavadanamaṅgulyā puṣkaraprakampena . kiñcitsamunnatāsyaḥ karṇakaṇḍūyanaṁ kurute . kiñcicca darśayitvā meḍhraṁnāśayati kīśakṛnmūtram . hṛṣṭaḥ krīḍati parivartitānano bandhanastambha kṛtamatsaraḥ . pradhāvati saṁveṣṭya karaṁ viṣāṇamudyamya garjati salilapūritajaladharagambhīranādena . unnāmitāgrahastaḥ svacchandaṅgacchatikvāpi . gurumakṣikaśva bhavati vanatarugahanonmūlanānurataḥ . vāgaṅkuśamukhajātaṁ bādhanaṁ na sahate hyabhinnasatvoyaḥ . tiryagvikalatvāśca tathā sagajo gurumakṣikojñeyaḥ . ramate ca pāṁśuvikaraṇakardamāvagāhādyaiḥ . evaṁvidhasvabhāvo madabhedavaśādgajo bhavati . yo yasminneva ṛtau gṛhṇāti madambhataṅgajaḥ sukhadam . sa ca tasminneva punaḥ prabhidyate dānayuktaśca . iti madavṛddhiviśeṣāḥ kathitāstava bhūtaleśa! tattvena . parivartate madoyairhetubhiraśubhaistu tānvakṣye . prativāraṇābhiyānāddūrādhvagamanātkubhojanāccāpi . bandhanadoṣācca tathā tṛṣṇākṣutpīḍanāccāpi . śārdūlāditrāsāddāvānalolkāśaniprapatanācca . (aśaniratra vidyut) . naśyati madogajānāṁ śīghraṁ vartmavighnataśca tathā . mātāpitṛjairdoṣairmandamadānandabarjitāśca tathā . jāyante dviradā yairyathā tathā sāmprataṁ vakṣyāmi . mandamadena hi kariṇā jātaḥ kiñcimmadogajo bhavati . madavirahitena tathā janitomadavivarjito’styeva . samadena tu yo jātogajo gajendreṇa bhavati tasya madaḥ . evaṁ madaprakārā mātaṅgānāṁ samuddiṣṭāḥ . śṛṇu sāmprataṁ nareśvara! madāpasaraṇodgavāni cihnāni . yāni bhavanti gajānāṁ mandamṛdumadavigalitasamudayānām . rūkṣacchāyāyuktonimlocitagaṇḍasthalagataśrīḥ . kupyati yebhyaḥ śaṅkāṅkaroti tebhyo’pi satvasthaḥ . gaṇḍasthalena jighrati kareṇukāṁ spṛśati naiva hastena . mūtrapurīṣāṇi ca no jighrati vāraṇakṛtāni yāturvā śanairgacchati . satataṁparimṛṣṭadānarājiparīkīrṇakaṭohasnenātīva saṅgharṣaṇaṁ kurute . muhurabhinandati nidrāmalaso manasā na tuṣṭimupayāti . liṅgānyetāni kariṇo madena mucyamānasya jāyante . pratikuñjarayuddhakṛto balaharṣadaśāvayobhyastvaśubhaḥ . bhavati madonāgānāṁ tāpādisamudbhavaśca śubhaḥ . rūpavānmadasampannovindhyaśailasamaprabhaḥ . jāyate satvahīnastu kuñjaraḥ kena hetunā . kena vā rūpahīno’pi madocchrayavivarjitaḥ . satvavān jāyate nāgo etadākhyātumarhasi iti nahuṣapuṣṭo vṛhaspati ruvāca . yathā jātakayogena jantūnāṁ ca śubhāśubham . tathā bandhanakālotthaṅgajānāmapi jāyate . susagnāvasthitaiḥ saumyagrahaiḥ pīḍāvivarjitaiḥ . bandhanaṁ yasya jāyeta sa bhavet satvavān gajaḥ . strīnakṣatreṣu gṛhyante ye gajāḥ krūradṛṣṭibhiḥ . ye cālokitanakṣatrāste bhavanti bhayākulāḥ . uktañca śambhunā mṛgajātayī’pi hi śūrā bhavanti madhupiṅgalalocanāḥ snigdhāḥ . vṛṣasiṁhamīmavṛścikalagneṣu svīkṛtāḥ kariṇaḥ . punarnahuṣapraśne guroḥ pratyuktistatraiva . rājan pañcavidhaṁ caiva gajānāṁ viditaṁ matam . atyarthaṁ prathamaṁ jñeyaṁ pratyarthaṁ ca tathāparam . anvarthaṁ caiva gambhīramuttānaṁ pañcamaṁ bhavet . pratodāṅkuśadaṇḍādyai rvidyādudvejitāni yaḥ . tīvrasaṅkucitaspṛṣṭaḥ sa syādatyarthaveditā . stokaṁ bahu bahu stokaṁ kṣataṁ manyeta yogajaḥ . vāgaṅku śādibhirnityaṁ sahi pratyarthaveditā . jānātyaṅkuśatotrādyairyadyathā tattathaiva hi . kṣataṅkāyabhayairmukto’nvarthajñaḥsa gajobhavet . aṅkuśādibraṇān rājan! yaścireṇāvagacchati . tīvrānapi sa gambhīravedī bhavati vāraṇaḥ . romṇāmagraṁ tṛṇenāpi spṛṣṭaṁvetti tu yo gajaḥ . uttānavedinaṁ tantu gajaṁ viddhi mahābhuja! sarvāṇi veditavyāni bhadrādīnāṁ bhavanti vai . prakṛtisthasya satataṁ bhadrasyānvarthaveditā . gambhīraveditā cāpi mandasyaiva prakīrtitā . uttānaveditā nityaṁ mṛgasyaiva bhavennṛpa! . veditvaṁgajajātīnāṁ tisṛṇāmapi jāyate . sāmpratañca yathāśāstraṁ kathyate vegalakṣaṇam . tisṛṇāmapi jātīnā muttamādhamamadhyamam . na cālpaṁ na ca vṛddhaṁ dvipañcapadasaṁ sthitam . gajotthānasahotthānaṁ naraṁ prāpnoti yena tu . rayāviṣṭena manasā sa vegauttamomataḥ . (dvipañcapadasaṁsthitaṁ daśapadasthitaṁ gajotthānasahotthānaṁ gajadhāvanasamasayadhāvinam) yena vegena gṛhṇāti naraṁ saptapadāntaram . padānāṁ śatamātrantu sa madhyamajavo bhavet . yena pañcapadasthaṁ hi naraṁ gṛhṇāti noditaḥ . padānāntu śataṁ sārdhaṁ sa hīnojava ucyate . śatadvayaṁ vā dhanuṣāṁ gacchedunnamitānanaḥ . dvātriṁśatā ca mātrābhiḥ sa uktamajavo bhavet . pañcāśatā ca mātnābhiḥ yāyādyastu śatadvayam . sa madhyamo’dhamojñeyo mātrāṇāñca śatadvayāt . evaṁ parīkṣyate rājan! vego vīthiṣu dantinām . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi gajasya guṇalakṣaṇam . tatra kalyāṇaśīlaḥ bhārārditovā tṛṣitaḥ kṣīṇaḥ śrāntobubhukṣitaḥ . rātrau vā divase vāpi nirvikārastu yo bhavet . kalyāṇaśīlaḥ sa jñeyo samastagajalakṣaṇaiḥ vikāraṁ kurute yastu pīḍyamānaḥkṣudhādibhiḥ . tamakalyāṇinaṁ rājan gajanduṣṭaṁ prakalpayet . kopo’pi dvividhojñeyaḥ śiśuścaivāśiśustathā . dvividhasyāpi rājendra! yathāvacchṛṇulakṣaṇam . udvejito’pi kālena kopaṁ badhnāti nirbharam . kṣipraṁ gṛhṇāti ca krodhaṁ durnivāraṁ suduḥ saham . śiśukrodhaḥ sa vijñeyo gajalakṣaṇakovidaiḥ . vāryamāṇo’pi yatnena na śamaṁ yāti muhyati . sa jñeyastvaśiśukrodho rājan! sa hi raṇapriyaḥ . sāmprataṁ caivavakṣye’hamāyurlakṣaṇa muttamam . ābhyantaraṁ ca bāhyañca lakṣaṇaṁ dvividhaṁ smṛtam . ābhyantaraṁ yogasādhyaṁ bāhyaṁ kiñcicca lakṣyate . tenāntaraṁ parityajya bāhyaṁ lakṣaṇamuttamam . kṣetrasatvasamāyogā . bhavanti dvādaśaiva hi . ekaṁ hastagataṁ kṣetraṁ dvitīyaṁ vadanāśritam . tṛtīyañca viṣāṇasthañcaturthaṁ śirasisthitam . pañcamaṁ nayanasthaṁ ca ṣaṣṭhaṁ karṇāśritaṁ bhavet . kaṇṭhasthaṁ saptamañcaiva aṣṭamaṅgātrasaṁsthitam . navamaṁ caraṇe jñeyaṁ śeṣāṅgasthaṁdvipañcamam . ekādaśañca kāntisthaṁ dvādaśaṁ satvasaṁsthitam . evaṁ dvādaśa kṣetrāṇi mātaṅgānāṁ bhavanti hi . dvādaśaiva daśājñeyāḥ śeṣāṅgeṣvabhilakṣitāḥ . viṁśottaraṁ varṣaśatambhadrasyāyuḥ prakīrtitam . avdānyaśītirmandasya catvāriṁśat mṛgasya ca . miśrasya cāyuṣaḥ saṁkhyā jātibhāvena jāyate . pradeśajñānatattvajñojātiṁ samupalakṣayet . sarvakṣetraiḥ susaṁpūrṇaḥ saṁpūrṇāyurgajo bhavet . hīnaiśca hīyate cāyuryathāvadabhidhīyate . daśāvdānāṁ kṣayaṁ kuryāddhastalakṣaṇavarjitaḥ . viśaṁtyavdavināśaśca hīne kṣetradvaye bhavet . kṣetratrayāvahīne ca triṁśadavdaparikṣayaḥ . catvāriṁśatsamāhānirhīne kṣetracatuṣṭaye . (samā saṁvatraḥ) . pañcāśadavdāhīyante hīne tu kṣetrapañcake . ṣaṭkṣetrahīnatāyāntu ṣaṣṭivarṣavināśanam . saptatyabdavināśāya saptakṣetravihīnatā .. aśītiraṣṭabhirhīne varṣāṇāñca vinaśyati . navatirnavabhirhīnai kṣetrairnāśaṁhi prayāti . daśabhiśca tathā hīnairnaśyatyavdaśataṁ dhruvam . daśottaraṁ cāvdaśataṁ hīnā cchāyā vināśayet . viṁśottaraṁ cāvdaśataṁ hīne satve vinaśyati . evaṁ daśāvdanāśaṁca kṣetraṁ kuryādalakṣaṇam . evamāyuḥkṣayaṁ vidyāt gajasya gajakovidaḥ . sāmānyalakṣaṇaṁ hyetat jīvitasya parīkṣaṇe . viśeṣalakṣaṇaṁ yāvad grahalakṣaṇajātitaḥ . evamuddeśamātreṇa gajāyurlakṣaṇaṁ tava . kathitaṁ sāmprataṁ rājan! doṣaghnaṁ vacmi lakṣaṇam . pādānāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ samyakdantadoṣaṁ praṇāśayet –yet . dantayorlakṣaṇaṁ hanti doṣān vāhitthasaṁśritān . vāhitthalakṣaṇaiḥ samyak netradoṣakṣayo bhavet . netrayorlakṣaṇaṁ hanti doṣāṁstālusamāśritān . sṛkvadoṣavināśaśca kriyate tālulakṣaṇaiḥ . sṛkvāṇāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ kuryātsagadadoṣanāśanam . kapolakaṭadoṣaghnāḥ sagadasthāguṇā nṛpa! . niryāṇavātakumbhānāndoṣaghnaḥ karayorguṇaḥ . kumbhadoṣavināśāya tayoreva guṇo bhavet . karṇadoṣavināśastu kriyate kumbhalakṣaṇaiḥ . kaṇṭhadoṣavināśāya karṇalakṣaṇameva hi . āsanasya hi ye doṣāstān haretkarṇajoguṇaḥ . vaṁśadoṣakṣayakara āsanasya guṇo bhavet . guṇāghnanti hi vaṁśasya doṣān tatsthalasaṁśritān . paścimāsanadoṣaghnaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ tatsthalaśritam . kukṣipecakadoṣaghnaṁ paścimāsanalakṣaṇam . guṇāḥ pecakakukṣisthāḥ pucchadoṣavināśanāḥ . meḍhradoṣakṣayaṁ kuryāt pucchalakṣaṇameva hi . mehanasya guṇā hanti doṣāṁścaivāparāśritān . aṇḍakoṣagataṁ doṣamaparālakṣaṇaṁ haret . nābhidoṣakṣayaṁ kuryādaṇḍakośasya lakṣaṇam . nābherguṇaiśca hanyante doṣāstanasamāśritāḥ . uromaṇigatān doṣān nāśayet stanalakṣaṇam . cibukasya hareddoṣān uromaṇigatoguṇaḥ . yathā doṣakṣayo rājan! lakṣaṇaiḥ kriyate śubhaiḥ . doṣātireko’pi tathā pradeśaguṇanāśakaḥ . pradeśo’nantarasyaiva pradeśasyaguṇānvitaḥ . kurute doṣanāśaṁ hi sa doṣoguṇanāśanaḥ . karakumbhaviṣāṇākṣikarṇalakṣaṇasaṁyutaḥ . sarvairevāśubhairanyairlakṣaṇaiścāśubhogajaḥ . śūlaṁ candrāṁśuśubhraṁ syādvakraṁ ca jvalana prabham . vajraṁ kāñcanasaṅkāśaṅkāladaṇḍaḥsupiṅgalaḥ . eteṣāṁ ca samāyogāddantānāṁ madhupiṅgatā . yato gajaviṣāṇānāmato madhunibhāḥ śubhāḥ . bhadrajātergajasyaitanmandasya ca mṛgasya ca . ghṛtapīpūṣakundenduketakīcchavipañcakam . evaṁ jātitrayasyāpi sāmānyaṁ śobhanaṁ matam . kapotadhūmabhasmāsthisarpacchatrakasannibhāḥ dantayostvaśubhārajan! chāyā pañcavidhā api . adhyardvāratnikaṁ rājan pramāṇa dantayoḥ śubham . ata ūrdhaṁ pravakṣyāmi gajānāṁ varṇalakṣaṇam . āhārasya viśeṣeṇa vātapittakaphaistathā . deśalakṣmaguṇaiścaiva vījayoni vaśena . grahālokananakṣatralagnarāśivaśena ca . pūrvakarmavaśāccāpi dhātūnāñca viparyayāt . bhavantikāraṇairebhirvarṇānānāvidhā nṛpa! . divyasatvāḥ śubhairbhedairvividhāste bhavanti hi . mindūraśaṅkhaṣaidūryavidyujjāmbūnadaprabhāḥ . indranīlasamānābhā bhavanti śubhakāntayaḥ . atiśvetāśca raktāśca śukavarhiṇasaprabhāḥ . ete devagajāḥ sarvemūtale na bhavanti hi . atiśvetāśca raktāśca śukavarhiṇasaprabhāḥ . daivayogādvane prācye kvacideva bhavanti hi . vandanīyaśca pūjyo’sau nāsau grāhyonarādhipaiḥ . śṛṅgārāṅgārabhasmāsthipaṅkamāñjiṣṭhasannibhāḥ . mlāpuṣpasavarṇāśca gajāstvete’tininditāḥ . evaṁ varṇaviśeṣāstu kathitāstava suvrata! . gajamekādaśaguṇaṁ vakṣyamāṇaṁ nibodha me . madhusannibhadantaśca śyāmomadhunibhekṣaṇaḥ . udarepāṇḍu varṇaśca vaktre ca kamalaprabhaḥ . dvirephasamabālaśca kundendu sadṛśairnakhaiḥ . sthūlatāromayuktaśca śeṣeṣvaṅgeṣu pītakaḥ . vicitrañca musvaṁ yasya raktaiḥśvetaiśca vindubhiḥ . sa nāgogajayūthānāṁ madhye rājā’tra jāyate . taṁ prāpya nṛpatirbhuṅkte sāgarāntaṁ mahītalam . nīlasavarṇasaṁsthānaḥ sa gajoyūthanāyakaḥ . mukhe made ca haste ca karṇodaraśirasmuyaḥ . keśaiḥ śubhaiścaḥ valibhirvindubhiḥ parimaṇḍalaiḥ . savarṇoyo bhaveddantī kailāsaḥ so’bhidhīyate . ataḥparapravakṣyāmi niḥśvāsasya tu lakṣaṇam . niḥśvāsodvividhojñeyaḥ śubhaścaivāśubhastathā . śubhaḥ surabhigandhaḥ syāt pūtigandho’śubhomataḥ . viśeṣeṇa tayoścaiva lakṣaṇaṁ bhūpa! kīrtyate . sūkṣmatā dīrghatā caiva samatā ca suṁgandhitā . saukumāryaṁ mṛdutvaṁ ca niśvāsasya tu ṣaḍguṇāḥ . sthūlatā hrasvatā caiva durgandhatvaṁ tathoṣṇatā . pāruṣyaṁ viṣamatvañca doṣāścāpi bhavanti ṣaṭ . daśā ratnipramāṇaṁ ca reṇukaṁ pittalakṣaṇam . yo niśvasiti dīrghaṁ ca sa dīrghāyurgajo mataḥ . araḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi gajālokita lakṣaṇam . snigdhaṁ sthiraṁ ca saumyaṁ ca vārijotpullatārakam . salakṣaṁ pratināgaṁ tu prekṣitaṁ śubhakāraṇam . udvignañcañcalaṁ dīnamavikāśitatārakam . ūrdhādhaḥ pārśva dṛṣṭañca nirlakṣaṁ ninditaṁ bhavet . kacānāṁ sāmprataṁ bhedān vakṣyamāṇānnibodha me netrayoḥ puṭapālisthāḥ kacāḥ śubhaphalāḥ smṛtāḥ . saṁkhyā tasyaiva mānantu romṇāṁ caiva prakīrtitam . dehacchāyāsavarṇatvaṁ mṛdutvaṁ ca tathā param . anābilatvaṁ ghanatā namrā ca sphuṭitāgratā . aṁśumattā ca sūkṣmatvaṁ romṇāṁ sapta guṇā smṛtāḥ . doṣāśca saptasaṁkhyāḥ syurguṇānāṁ ca viparyayāt . śubhāni śubhakartṛṇi duḥkhadānyaśubhāni ca . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ pakṣmasaṁśrayam . bāhyottānāni rūkṣāṇi dīrghāṇyā yatanāni ca . mṛdūni piṅgavarṇāni pakṣmāṇi kariṇaḥ sadā . snigdha cchāyāni kṛṣṇāni samāni ca dṛḍhāni ca . ayanāni macchi drāṇi pakṣmāṇyatiśubhāni ca . gajānāṁ svāminaḥ saukhyaṁ kurvanti ramaṇīyatām . dṛḍhāḥ snigdhāgralambāśca suvṛntāśca cchadaprabhāḥ . tālavṛntasamākārā bālā bharturjaya pradāḥ . śunaḥpucchasamā rūkṣāḥ kapilāḥ sphuṭitāstathā . ghanatvātiśayopetāḥ suvṛttāstvatininditāḥ . bhartrārohigajānāntu nityodvegakarāstu te . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi keśānāmapi lakṣaṇam . abhinnā ṛjavaḥ snigdhā ghanā madhukaraprabhāḥ . keśā vāraṇanāthasya kṣemavṛddhikarā matāḥ . rūkṣāstu niṣṭhurāḥ piṅgāḥ sphuṭitāśca jugupsitāḥ . kurvanti dantināṁ nityaṁ svasya nāthasya cāśubham . pakṣmavālakeśaromṇāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ kathitaṁ mayā . phaṇimārjāramaṇḍūkaśṛgālaiśca samaprabham . vānarasya samaṁ caiva mukhaṁ nāgasya ninditam . snigdhānyāpūrṇagaṇḍāni girikūṭanibhāni ca . āpūrṇamegharūpāṇi pūjitāni mukhāni cai . madahīnaṁ kṛśaṁ hrasvaṁ bāhitthaniḥprabhaṁ tathā . varāhalocanākrāntamadṛṣṭacibukaṁ tathā . lalāṭataṭaparyantagartākṛtibhiranvitam . sagadaṁ hīnatāyuktaṁ mukhaṁ nāgasya ninditam . mukhasya lakṣaṇaṁ samyak kathitaṁ tava suvrata! . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi mātaṅgagatilakṣaṇam . samā ca laghupādā ca vege’pyatiśubhā matā . dīrghakramā sukhotkṣiptā gātrasaṁvarahāriṇī . śubhalakṣaṇasaṁyuktā puruṣasya vakasya ca . mātaṅgavṛṣasiṁhānāṁ gatirmukhyā śubhā matā . kleśacālitagātrā yā viṣamā sulaghukramā . vege’pi mandasañcārāviśeṣāndolitāsanā . mṛgasya kṛkalāsasya jambūkasya kharasya ca . gamanena samā yā, sā śubhā no dantināṅgatiḥ . kathitaṁ tava rājendra! gajānāṁ gatilakṣaṇam . sthitānāñca yathāyīgaṁ sāmprataṁ lakṣaṇaṁ śṛṇu . pañcasthitasaptasthita navasthita dvādaśasthitāścaiva . puṇyavatāṁ jāyante rājñāṁ girisannibhāḥ kari ṇaḥ . lakṣaṇasahitaiḥ snigdhaiḥ karakumbhaviṣāṇakarṇanayanaiśca . saṁyukto bhavati gajo vasudaḥ pañcasthito nāgaḥ . (vasudaḥdhanadaḥ) pariṇāhāyāmocchrayabalavikramadhairyakāntisampannaḥ . bhartuḥ pratāpajanano jñeyaḥ saptasthito hastī . utsāhavegasāhasamadasatvagurutvadakṣatāyuktaḥ . karadantakarmasu kuśalonavasthitaḥ karī bhavati . buddhirmedhā satvaṁ yatnaḥkumbhau tathā’kṣiṇī hṛdayam . romāṇi cchavipādāḥ tathāsanaṁ pṛṣṭhavaṁśaśca . dvādaśa caitāni sadā sthitāni dṛśyante yasya nāgasya . sa dvādaśasthitovai bhavati gajaḥ sarvasaukhyakaraḥ . sañcāra sthitabhedāḥ kathitā guṇasaṁśrayā gajendrāṇām . divyādhamasatvānāṁ lakṣaṇamiha sāmprataṁ vakṣye . nihatadvipadacatuṣpadakuṇapānna spṛśati ca na yo mṛhṇāti . na ca jighrati bhūtrādīn sa vāraṇodivyasatvastu . dattañca yo’tti māṁsa satvānāṁ sarvaṁ tu lobhena . jighrati mūtrapurīṣāṇi piśācasatvaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ . evaṁ satvaparīkṣā kriyate naranātha! vāraṇendrāṇām . svaralakṣaṇamidānīmaśubhaṁ śubhañca vakṣyāmi . sthānānyaṣṭau nṛpate! bhavanti śabdasya vāraṇendrāṇām . tālvoṣṭhaśirauraḥkarajihvāmūlaṁ galakapolau ca . gambhīrasaumyahṛṣṭāstabdhāśramīritāstathā snigdhāḥ . nādāḥ śubhāḥnarādhipa! ṣaḍevakathitā gajendrāṇām . catvārastvaśubhā raudrābhayaśokasaṅgamotpannāḥ . evaṁ śubhāśubhāśca daśaprakārāḥsvarāḥsvarā jñeyāḥ . anye’pi galavaktragānilāsphālanodbhavā bahavaḥ . śabdābhavanti kariṇāṁ śubhāśubhaṁ na tairbhavati . nimnocitacivukāyitavirukṣitakūjitakharoṣṭranādanibhāḥ . vāyasajambūkakapikāṣṭhabhaṅgasadṛśāravāstvaśubhāḥ . jñeyāni śubhāni sadā mṛdaṅgajīmūtadundubhinibhāni . pātāyitagarjitahasitāni vṛṁhitāni nāgānām . pātāyitañca tālvoṣṭhasambhavaṁgarjitakaṁ caiva . jihvāsamudbhavaṁ ca phenāyitamityabhikhyātam . hasitaṁ kapolajanitaṁ puṣkaravivarodbhavañca nāgānām . bhavati dhanaghānyavāhanabhūlābhakaraṁ narendrasya . hastena mṛdaṅgaravaṁ tu karṇābhyāṁ dundubhisvanañcaiva . darduraravaṁ tu pecakena karoti yo’sau jayakaraḥ . sarvasthānasamutthā śabdā naranātha! vāraṇendrāṇām . ācāryaiḥ sarvairvṛṁhitasaṁjñāśca ravāḥ śubhā jñeyāḥ . ete ca jayaparājayakathanasamarthā bhavanti bhūpānām . garhitaśubhapradeśasthānāṅgaparivardhitā nādāḥ . śuṣkatṛṇakāṣṭhakaṇṭakavalmīkāsthiśmaśānaduṣṭāsu . pāṣāṇāṅgārādiṣu bhūmiṣu yadi saṁsthitāḥ kariṇaḥ . vṛṁhanti hīnalakṣaṇametadbhartustadā’sukhaṁ bhavati . prabhūtamṛdaṅgaravaṁ tu yadi vṛṁhantyānandapūritāḥ kariṇaḥ . prasthānaṁ bhavati tadā narādhipasya vijayastadā rājan .! sabhāmadhye ca yadā vṛṁ° hanti śārdūlavat gajāhraṣṭāḥ . bhavati sasainyasya tadāvijayaḥ saṁkhye narendrasya . (saṁkhyaṁ saṁgrāmaḥ) kalahaṁsanāda madhuraṁ kiñcidivotkṣiptapuṣkarastu yadā . vṛṁhati sadā ca hastī tadāpi jayobhavedbhartuḥ . mukhavivarakapīlagataṁvṛṁhatyasakṛt gajo yadā hṛṣṭaḥ . madhuraṅgajahasitañca jayapradaṁ bhavati bhūpānām . trīn vārān krauñcaravaṁ haṁsaravaṁ vṛhitaṁ yadā kurute . etadapi nāgahasitañjayapradambhavati bhūpānām . garjati ghanavat satataṁ yadi vāraṇaḥ prahṛmanāḥ mukharandhuniviṣṭakarastadā’rivijayo’bhavedbhartuḥ . ghanaiva gṛhītasalilaṁ sasītkaraṁ vṛṁhitaṁ yadā kurute . bhavati tadā vāraṇanāthasya bhavati śatrunāśaḥ khalveva . kathitānye tāni mayā śubhāni gajavṛṁhitāni naranātha! . aśubhāni ca nāgānāmataḥparaṁ pravakṣmāmi . śaṅkācālitanayanovarāha ghuritaniḥsvanaṁ kurute . tatpratibalasya nūnam tadā kṣayo bhavati . bhūpāla! veṣṭitabhūtalahasto nadati yadā dharaṇiprakampanādasamam . narapatirāṣṭravināśo mabati tadā śatrusainyakṛtaḥ . madamuditakharatarasadṛśaṁ niḥsvanaṁ yadi karī kurute . janayati vijayavināśāt purarāṣṭrapīḍanaṁ ca tadā . balibhvagnisvana sadṛśaṁ yadi vā samutphālya ca hastam . vāmāndolitacaraṇoyadā karī vṛṁhati saniḥśvāsam . ālānagataḥ kurute tadā baddhoyātāvairibhiḥpāśaiḥ . evaṁ prakṛtisthāyadi mataṅgajā vṛṁhitāni kurvanti . ātyantikāni rājñāṁ caiva bhavanti nānyāni . yadi ripugajābhimukho nivāyyamāṇo’pi yāti rabhasena . viṁśatipadāni nāgastatrāpi jayobhavatyeva . amadogṛhṇāti madaṁ durgandhamadaśca surabhimadam . duṣṭagajānāṁ prathamandulakṣaṇamevaṁ sakalam . hrasvatanurmaṇivadano hi mahāśirāstabdhakarṇayugalaśca . nātisthūlo’sisavarṇastabdhāni ca gātra vadanaromāṇi . vyāsaḥ sa bhavati hastī duṣṭātmā duṣṭaśīlaśca . sthūlākṣipāṇḍurūkṣo dīrghaviṣāṇonāmitamukhaśrīḥ . pṛthupādaḥśyāvanasvo vakrohanupuṭadaṇḍena . visṛtakukṣila mvodaraśca kṛṣṇovarāhanayanaśca . jñeyovakīlanāmā khyāto’yaṁ sarvadoṣakaraḥ . atihrasvāparagātro vṛhanmukhaḥ kākakṛṣṇanayanaśca . sthūlatarādhomukhadantadīnamuśalasphuṭita vahirnakhapādaḥ . sthūlanakhaḥsthūlapuṣkarakaraśca vāmana saṁjño gajādhamo duṣṭaśīlaśca . viṣāṇe cātidṛḍhe hrasve parimaṇḍalau tathā karṇau . vadanañca māṁsalaṁ syādadhogatasthūlanayanañca . samamāṁsalatvayukto hrasvo hrasvāṅguliḥ karo yasya . nāmnā ca viśvarūpamukha iti khyāto duṣṭamātaṅgaḥ . karakarṇa śirābāladhiviṣāṇagātrāṇi yasya hīnāni . ādagdhabho’tivāmanāṅgaḥ pāpātmā sa svāmināśakaraḥ . śayanādutthāya balāddvāvapi pādau karvati kṛcchreṇa . pratyuṣasi gacchati punaḥ kāpi samupasthāpitamukhaśca . anibhṛtagātrastiṣṭhedvicalati tasyānanaṁ ca karṇābhyām . sa jñeyo vātakaraḥ pāpātmā sarvapāpakaraḥ . yasya ca kilālpaṁ meḍhraṁ hrasvaṁ hrasvāṅgulistanurhrasvā . atinimnañca bāhitthaṁ karṇau ca tanutvacau hrasvau . gātrāparañca dīrghaṁ nakhāśca janitāntarāstathā . sarvāṇi ca kākābhapakṣmaromāṇi ca vidagdhāni . udarañcākṛṣṇa syāt grīvā tanvāyatā ca vakrā ca . vaṁśikanāmā mato’sau duṣṭagajovarjanīyaśca . yasya karālau daśanau sthūlau mātrāntarantathā hrakham . mastiṣkaśuklavarṇaḥkaṣijambukalocano’tivikṛtatanuḥ . pāpātmāyaṁ hastī rājñā heyaḥ prayatnena . divasamapi yatra tiṣṭhati taṁ deśaṁ dahati yāvakaprakhyaḥ . rājñā vindhyāvane vā pararāṣṭre vā sa moktavyaḥ . atikharaparighatanurnakulacchāyastanūruhaistabdhaiḥ . yo hastī pātāraṁ sa pātayitvā vināśayati . dhanvāsadṛśa mukhoyaḥ karṇakacāyasya karkaśārūkṣāḥ . kṛṣṇārūkṣātvayo’sau bharturvipadeva mātaṅgaḥ . romabhiradhomukhagataiḥ kākākṣo dīrghavaktra śca . sthirahrasvakarṇayugalaḥ sa rākṣasohastī rūpeṇa . tiryak prekṣaṇaniratodurgandhaḥ kākakumbhavadanaśca . bhūtrapuroṣaghrāṇe samutsuko bhavati caṇḍālaḥ . kumbhau yasya viśālau vikṣipta sthūlatārake ca netre . tanvāyataṁ trikaṁ syāt bālaghibālāstu bahurūprāḥ . raktau pecakakośau meḍhroparisaṁsthitodarañca mahat . calapakṣmalastu hastī sa bhavati nāmnā mahāduṣṭaḥ . aṅgaṁ prasārya vadanaṁ vidhūya cādhoraṇaṁ nipātayati . sa jale sthale ca nāgo vibajaṁnīyaḥ prayatnena . hrasvakarāṅgulibālatanu daśanaścālpāyāmagātraśca . matkuṇajātiḥ sa gajaḥ suduṣṭaśīlaśca ruṣṭaśca . kālanakho harivarṇoharyakṣo hrakhabāla dhiścaiva . bahupakṣmā durgandhirmaṇisannibhatālukairūkṣaiḥ . atipiṅgalakarṇacūloromaśahasto varāhanayanaśca . tanunakhasirālakṛṣṇairnakhāntarairduṣṭacaraṇaiśca . vikhuronāma gajo’sau svāṅgaiḥ sarvatra karkaśojānvoḥ . bahupāpakarmayukto vyālānāmagraṇīścāyam . rūkṣobāhitthabhāgo viṣamau dantau ca yasya nāgasya . dhūmaśikheva cchāyā sa nindito varjanīyaśca . dantau cātihrasvau sthūlau rūkṣau ca māṁsalo hastaḥ . cibukaṁ māṁsaviśuṣka sthūlatare tārake yasya . sthūlamukho duṣṭātmā nāsau sāṁgrāmiko bhaveddviradaḥ . ati duṣṭakarnanirato bhayāluko varjanīyaśca . kṛṣṇā rūkṣā cchāyā vāyasajaṅghā ca dṛśyate yasya . mūtodanañca kurute niḥśaṅkaṁ yaḥ karāgreṇa . niḥśeṣaṁ śabdāṁśca karoti yaḥ sahastaniṣyeṣam . pariharaṇīyo rājñāyāne raṇe sa mahatā prayatnena . atīvaviralapasmā dhyānaparaḥ śabdakaraṇanirataśca . dviguṇīkṛtya karāgrantudati ca bhūtalantu nityam . vāmena ca likhaṁti mahīmpādena kuñcitāgreṇa . jarjaravirūpakarṇaḥ pāpātmā nindito hastī . ānāhāyāmocchrayasatvamukto mahāsirālaviḍaḥ . hrasvāṅgulibālakaro hrasvāparagātrakarṇaśca . eṣo’pi vāmanaḥsyādyadyapi bhavedyuddhapriyo’sau dviradaḥ . rājñā tathāpi lakṣaṇavivarjito varjanīyaśca . sthūlamukhahastakarṇovihīnajaghamāparastanūrūkṣaḥ . mahatā meḍhreṇa yutonaṣṭamadaḥ kośamahāṁśca . mandālokananiratomahāśirāḥ pṛthuviṣāṇanayanaśca . hastī napuṁsako’sau vivarjanīyaśca saṁgrāme . alpāyuṣo bhavanti hi saṅkālajihvoṣṭhatālukānāgāḥ . narapatibhiste satataṁ vivarjanīyāḥ prayatnena! āyāmaparihīnaṁ samanāhocchrāyamukhena namitam . ucchritavaktraṁ kubjaṁviṣamakumbhaṁ kukkurasamānahīnahastaṁ ca . evaṁbhūtaṁ tu gajaṁ rājā dūreṇa varjayenmatimān . gṛhṇāti mandabudviryastasya kulakṣayo bhavati . lakṣaṇayukto’pi gajo dvāviṁśatyekaviṁśatinakhaśca . ekonaviṁśatinasvaḥ saptadaśanakhaśca yo bhavati . ṣoḍaśa pañcadaśa vā nakhān dhatteyukto vā caturdaśabhiḥ . ekādaśatrayodaśanavadaśabhirdvidaśanakhaiścaiva . saṁyuktastvaśubhakaraḥ saptāṣṭābhiśca pāpanakhaiḥ . dviradāścāṣṭādaśanakhāḥ viṁśatinakhayuktāśca śubhāḥ . kurute svāmivināśaṁ dvāviṁśatinakhoyaśca . ekonaviṁśatinakho yuvarājavināśaṁ kurute . saptadaśanakhastu gajo narapatipātra vināśane samarthaḥ . ṣoḍaśanakhamātaṅgonāyakanāśaṁ dhruvaṁ kurute . pañcadaśanakhaśca yo’sau senāpatinidhanakṛdgajo bhavati . kurute caturdaśanakhovyādhiṁ puravāsināṁ hastī . trayodaśanakho rāṣṭravittavināśaṅkaroti bhūpasya . dvādaśanakhastu kurute padātituragakṣayaṁ saṁkhye . ekādaśanakhayuktī najahānikaro bhavet sa gajaḥ . puradāhaṁ ca daśanakhaḥ karoti hastī durālokam . caturaṅgasya balasya nāśavantu navanakho gajaḥ kurute . aṣṭanakhaśca purohita baṁśasamunmūlanasamarthaḥ . saptanakhaḥ pratihāraṁ nāśayati ca ṣaḍnakho’mātyam . pañcanakho bhaktikaraṁ caturnakho dvārapālañca . trinakhoviṣayākṣepaṁ dvinakhaścāntaḥ purānubandhañca . ekanakhonakharahitorāṣṭravināśaṁ dhruvaṁ kurute . evambhūtanakhāye narapatinā na te gajāgrāhyāḥ . lākṣamañjiṣṭhābho’tilomaśohīnakarṇakarabālaḥ . hastī vivarjanīyo hīnanakhaḥ pūtilomā ca . jvalanakṛtaṁ śastrakṛtaṁ durbhikṣakṛtaṁ mahadbhayaṁ kurute . yasmin deśe vasati nāśayati vana sa duṣṭātmā . yasya na bhavatodantau jvalanakṛtaṁ durbhikṣakṛtaṁ mahadbhaya kurute . yasmindeśe sa vasati nāśayati vanaṁ sa duṣṭātmā . yasya na bhavatī dantau kularūpavato’piṁ garbhadoṣeṇa . sa gajomatkuṇanāmā na taṁ raṇe yojayedrājā . kuñjaraghaṭāgato’sau harati gajānāṁ balaṁ ca satyañca . ataeva samarakāle narādhipairvarjanīyaśca . tanuhrasvadīrghadantohyatisaṅkaṭavakravighaṭitaviṣāṇaḥ . ekadaśanastvadhomukharadanaśca gajaḥ prabhaṁtyajati . radanavihīno hastī niḥśeṣalakṣaṇayuto’pi . bhavati na nṛpatiyogyomadajalasaṁsiṁktaṁ gaṇḍo’pi . dūṣitavirahitadīne satvarahite vivarṇe ca . niṣprabhakuñjakuhare rājā nārohati sannāhara hite ca . evambhūtāstyājyāḥ mitranāśakā raṇe kariṇaḥ . akṣibhyāmaśrujalaṁ nipatati nāgasya yasya nitya hi . nayanavyādhiviyuktasya tasya bhartā raṇemriyate . vaddhanaśīlāśca nakhā bhartuścaiva saṁbādhanakarāḥ . jihvānakhamukhamehananayanāni bhavanti yasya kṛṣṇāni . bāhitthacitra kṛṣṇaḥ sa gajobhartuḥ kṣayaṁ kurute . bāhyāṁsaphalakapīṭhī rājan! kṛśena pṛṣṭhavaṁśena . vadanena ca kapivadanānukāriṇānindito hastī . karṇau dantau ca samau na natau bhavatī yasya naranātha! . sa narādhipabalavināśakaraḥ karījāyate samare . citrau romacitau vā sthūlau vātipralambitāgrau vā . koṣau koṣavināśaṁ sa karoti nāgaśca bhūpānām . sitabindubhirvicitraṁśvetaṁ vā yasya jāyate meḍhram . sa gajaḥśakti vināśaṅkaroti bhūpasya saṁgrāme . chāgasyeva vicitrāṇi yasya dehe bhavanti romāṇi . sa gajaḥpratigajabalena vihvalo nijabalaṁ dahati . suptotthitasya vadanāt yasya gajendrasya galati rudhirajālam . jvalanakaṇaṁ muñcati śaśvadasau bhartṛnāśakaraḥ . iti kathitaṁ tava nṛpate! duṣṭamātaṅgalakṣaṇaṁ samyak . pāpakariṇyālakṣaṇamataḥ paraṁ saṁpravakṣyāmi . yallakṣaṇaṁ mayoktambhadrādīnāṁ śubhaṁ ca duṣṭaṁ ca . tatkariṇīṣvapi yojyaṁ jātivibhāgena ca yuktāsu . sulakṣaṇena lalitāni kareṇukānāmaṅgāni bhavanti . yuvatisadṛśāna puruśocitāni ca tathā pīnānyaṅgāni kareṇūnām . gajasaṁsthānā kariṇī nirmatadantā supīnakāyā ca . sthūlāyatā ca satataṁ prabhūtadayā matāca kariṇīnām . prācyavanasamudbhūtāḥ prāyeṇa lakṣaṇayutā bhavanti kariṇyaḥ . sulakṣaṇeṣu ca cchāyā lakṣaṇaṁ pradhānaṁ tacca pañcavidhaṁ bhavati . pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśātmakam . tatra pṛthivyapteja ātmakaṁ praśasta vāyvākāśātmakamapraśastam . krameṇa cchāyābhidhīyate balopacayapaśena samutapadyate . tasyaiva dehoddyotajananī sthirā prabhā’bhidhīyate . chāyāphalasya dviguṇapalasampādanasamarthā prabhā bhavati . chāyā dehasamāśritāḥ sthiraprabhāvā’sthirā cchāyā yalopacayavaśena sumutpadyate . narendrasyaivodyogakāle śubhakarmaphalasūcanārthaṁ gajasya prabhā prakaṭībhavatyeva . evaṁ chāyāgato bhedo’vagantavyaḥ . sāmprataṁ chāyārūpamabhidhīyate . snigdhā gambhīrarūpā pārthivī cchāyā bhavati . snigdhājībhūtasannibhā ca salilasambhūtā, snigdhā raktā ca tāmrā ca tejasī cchāyā . trayaṁ caitallakṣaṇaṁśubhamaśubhalakṣaṇāni gajasya stambhayitvā sukhapradaṁ bhavati . athāśubhā kathyate niḥpramā paruṣā rūkṣā bhasmanākulavarṇā ca vāṣavī . rūkṣā tanvīkṛṣṇādivividhavarṇā ākāśātmikā . itthaṁ chyādvayamati garhitam gajalakṣaṇāni tiraskatyāśubhapradambhavatyanena prakāreṇa cchāyālakṣaṇamuttamaṁ bhavati . vikaṭahrasvabālavṛddhakṛśāṅgahīnāṅgeṣu vyādhipīḍitavikalāṅgeṣu gajeṣu nārohati rājā bhṛtyāścaiteṣvārohantīti . yādṛśaṁ ca samarakāle mātaṅgaṁ rājā samārohati tādṛśasya lakṣaṇamabhidhīyate . balaṁ kaṇṭhai sthitaṁ nityaṁ kuñjarāṇāṁ nareśvara! . ataḥsaṁpūrṇakaṇṭhastu śikhipiṅgalalocanaḥ . ghanamāṁsacitāṁsastu diśo’vaghrāṇatatparaḥ . varāhajaghanaścaiva suviṣāṇovarānanaḥ . supratiṣṭhitapādastu yaḥ syādagurumakṣikaḥ . prājāpatyogajohyeṣa saṁgrāmārhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ . madhupiṅgaladantoyaḥ kikivāpītakacchabiḥ . romāṇi caiva rūpāṇi mukha ca kamalaprabham . raktotpaladalacchāye sūkṣme tīkṣṇe ca locane . aindrogajastu vijñeyoripuvṛndavināśanaḥ . tāmratālukajihvoṣṭhasujātaniviḍāparaḥ . pīnonnataśarīrastu raktakokanadacchaviḥ . āyatena tu dantena kareṇa mukhaśobhinā . pīyūṣapiṅgadanto hi gajaḥkauvera ucyate . taruṇāmbudasaṁkārśīghṛtaprabhaviṣāṇabhṛt . saṁpūrṇakaṇṭhapādastu saṁpūrṇasamamastakaḥ . mṛdaṅgadhvanigambhāranādapūritadiṅmukhaḥ . āyatena ca hastena sīkarotkiraṇapriyaḥ . vāruṇo’yaṁ gajorājan saṁgrāmeṣvatipūjitaḥ . kaṇṭhastrivalisaṁyuktaḥ saṁpūrṇoyasya dṛśyate . locane tāmbapiṅge ca dantau ketakasaprabhau . pādau ca valinau yasya pīnagātrasamāṁsalau . pṛthulau vinducitrau ca karṇau cātāsrapallavau . aiśāno’yaṅgajo rājan! raṇakarmaṇi yujyate . tālunyurasi vaktre ca pakṣayorubhayorapi . ātāmrā yasya dṛśyeta cchāyā mṛdutanūruhā . asau saumyastu vijñeyaḥ kuñjaraḥ samarocitaḥ . arciḥpiṅgala romā yaḥ keśaiśca śvetapiṅgalaḥ . piṅgalākṣiviṣāṇaśca rakta puṣkaratālukaḥ . āgneyaḥ sa gajojñeyastejasāgnisamaprabhaḥ . rājñā budvimatā nityaṁ dhāryaḥ samarakarmaṇi . kṛṣṇavarṇa yutāgrāṇi mukhaśrotāṁsi locane . nirghūṁmāgnisamacchāye bhūlagnaśca karastathā . kāyaśca pīnanāsaḥsyādvege vāyusamaḥ śubhaḥ . rājanu . vāyavyamicchanti taṅgajaṁ śāstrakovidāḥ . saṁkhye niyuktaśca gajonāśayedripuvāhinīm . niraṅkuśatvaṁ caṇḍatvaṁ tasya doṣadvayaṁ bhavet . niraṅkuśatvaṁ śamayet prayogāśvāsanādibhiḥ . caṇḍatvaṁ ca tathā nityaṁ sukumārakriyādibhiḥ . romāṇyañjanarūpāṇi nakhāḥ śaṅkhasamaprabhāḥ . nistriṁśavimalacchāyaḥ sa bhavedvaiṣṇavogajaḥ . sa vairiṇaṁ jayed rājan! ripusainyavimardanaḥ . kumbhavaktraḥ kaṭau yasya nistriśaghanasaṁnibhau . bindubhiścitri taṁ yasya sa vicitraśravo gajaḥ . tena saṁgrāmakarmāṇi kurute yo narādhipaḥ! . nityaṁ cārijayaṁ tena sa rājā phalamaśnute . sudanto dīrghahastaśca vṛhadaṅgulipuṣkaraḥ . ghanamāṁsaśarīraśca kūrmākārohi sattama! . sāṁgrāmikonajohyeṣa jīvatyapi samāśatam . saṁgrāmavijayī nityaṁ pratāpajananakṣamaḥ . mahāśirā mahākāyo mahāmeḍhro mahākaraḥ . mahādantodaraścaiva mahānāgovarāsanaḥ . mahānetro mahauṣṭhaśca mahākarṇomahāmukhaḥ . mahāmado mahākaṇṭho bhavetsāṁgrāmikogajaḥ . yadbhadralakṣaṇaṁ pūrvamuktaṁ nṛpa! tacchubhameva hi . mandasyāpi hi śastaṁ syadāddvāvetau ca mahāgajau . saṁpūrṇalakṣaṇopeto na bhavecca mahītale . anayoreva bhedāstu nāgānāṁ samudāhṛtāḥ . sāṁgrāmikā dvipā rajān! śubhalakṣaṇalakṣitāḥ . kathitāstava tattvena rājasaukhyakarāgajāḥ . ābhiṣecanikagajalakṣaṇaṁ tatraiva . pīnamāṁsacitāṁsaśca kūrmākāranakhastathā . samavacitasāṁsastu suvṛttaḥ kalpanāparaḥ . chānakukṣiḥ supārśvaśca romānāhasamanvitaḥ . jvalanojjvalanetrastu suviṣāṇo mahākaraḥ . saṁpūrṇacibukaścaiva kramāyāmorayānvitaḥ . balasatvasamāyuktaḥ snigdhacchavimanoramaḥ . sāṁgrāmiko bhaveṣṭrājña ābhiṣecaniko gajaḥ . tatraiva pālakāvye gajahṛdaye . āyuḥ saviṁśati śataṁ mānaṁ syāt sāmajanmanām . rājaputra! diśāmyevamāyuṣyādi daśādaśa . lakṣaṇāni vade teṣāṁ kṣetrāṇyevaṁ viṣāṇinām . lakṣaṇālakṣaṇaṁ jñeyamāyuṣyādidaśāphalam . kṣetrāṇi hastauṣṭhamukhaṁ dantau śīrṣaṁ ca cakṣuṣī . karṇau grīvā ca gātrañca vakṣaḥ kāryasya bhedataḥ . lakṣaṇaṁ sannikṛṣṭaṁ yadbiprakṛṣṭañca yadbhavet . matañcitrabalopetaṁ prabhūtañja manīṣibhiḥ . tulye kule vane jātau pracāre yattu lakṣaṇam . daśāyāñca tadākhyātaṁ ghrabhūtamiti sūribhiḥ . dakṣiṇandakṣiṇāṅgaṁ ca hastinaḥ puṇyadaṁ matam . tathā vāmaṁ ca vāmāṅgaṁ hastinīphaladaṁ matam . lakṣaṇaṁ dakṣiṇāṅgotthaṁ phalaṁ bhūmibhujāṁ matam . mahadvyaktaṁ bhaveyadyacca lakṣaṇaṁ tanmahāphalam . yadalpamaprakāśañca tadalpaphaladaṁ matam . madhyamānaphalaṁ mavyaṁ lakṣaṇaṁtu samādiśet . śubhāśubhena miśreṇa bahutvenādiśet phalam . kadācit śubhada cāsya gajānāmapyalakṣaṇam . śubhakarmāṇamāsādyarājānamatha vā dvijam . yathā hi sarvasaritaḥ samudraṁ samupetya hi . svarasena viyujyante mavanti lavaṇāmbhasaḥ . evamāsādya bhartāraṁ bahulakṣaṇalakṣitam . bhavanti bādhitānīha durlakṣaṇaphalāni ca . ityupakramya gajadehasthānavibhāganāmabhedastatraiva darśitaḥ . yathā viṣāṇayīryastiryaksyādāyatāgro graho’pi saḥ . kivivā ca grahasyādhaḥkumbhopari ca bimbakaḥ . atha grahoparistho’pi puraṣkaro’pi bhavettathā . tathā grahoparisthe ca kivivoparibhāgake . vāhitthopari keśāśca mastakaṁ ca tathā matam . syātāṁ mastakapiṇḍau ca mastakasthaśca vindukaḥ . tathā vindūparisyātāṁ vitānau vindupārśvataḥ . tato’ntaravitānaṁ ca pṛṣṭhaṁ tatra vinirdiśet . vinduvitānayoścāntaḥ purastāt pākilau kila . nīce mastakapiṇḍāddhi vitānavindupākalaḥ . niryāṇaṁ ca vitānordhvaṁ karṇau vāpi tataḥ kaṭau . kaṭayoḥ śrotasī vāpi kaṭasvāvastayoradhaḥ . pṛṣṭhataḥ kaṭisaṁdhī ca gaṇḍau ca kaṭayoradhaḥ . kaṭagaṇḍāntasadbhāge ghāṭasandhī ca ghāṭake . ghāṭāsandhyupariṣṭācca karṇasandhisamīpage . śravaṇe gātragaṇḍādhaḥkapolau ca tadantare . romakūrcau ca pādau ca kapolādhastathā matau . tataḥ sagadasandhī ca sagadāntaramatra ca . āsagadāt hanvavaghiḥ pradeśaḥ śirasomataḥ . akṣikūṭābuparyakṣāvubhābupari vai tayoḥ . guhevākṣā’dharaḥ syāttu netrasrāvau tayoradhaḥ . apāṅgāvakṣibāhye ca tatsandhī cākṣipṛṣṭhataḥ . pakṣmaṇormaṇḍale cātha tatsandhī vartmamaṇḍalau . vartmamaṇḍala sandhī ca tataśca śvetamaṇḍale . śvetamaṇḍalasandhī ca tataḥ kṛṣṇe ca maṇḍale . tatsandhī ca tataḥ kṛṣṇe satsandhī vartmamaṇḍale . tayorapi tathā sandhī prāgbhāge cakṣuṣorapi . kanīnike samāmnāte sandhī tatra tathānayoḥ . ityakṣigatadeśānāṁ samuddeśo bhavediha . kila vittau ca karṇau ca karṇayoścūlikā tataḥ . tadadhaḥ karṇapippalyau balike dve pradeśage . karṇamastakasandhī ca paścāt karṇāpavartayaḥ . tadantaśca samasthānāvudghātau parikīrtitau . karṇacūlikayoragre piṅgalākhyau ca bhāṣitau . purastāt karṇapi palyāḥ karṇasaṁveśacarmaṇī . karṇāntaḥ karṇanāḍyau ca lambetāṁ tasya bhāgataḥ . tayārvīthiḥkavandhaśca saśaṅkhamadhyakarṇayoḥ . karṇasandhyoradhastācca tathādhaḥsandhisaṁjñitau . tadadhaḥkarṇapālyau ca prāk karṇoparitastayoḥ . nāḍīpārśvagatau cātra madhyakarṇau tayoradhaḥ . adhaḥkarṇau samākhyātau bahiḥkarṇāpavartayoḥ . pārśvakarṇau bahiḥkarṇau karṇayośca kramād bahiḥ . antarāntarakarṇau ca paryantakarṇapāśayoḥ . adhastācceti bhāgāḥ syuḥ karṇayoḥ kariṇo’pi ca . grīvāyāḥ prāgbhavobhāgo grīvā sandhistatastathā . grīvāpṛṣṭhaṁ tatasyācca madhye tacca kṛkāṭikā . grīvāpṛṣṭhe tathādhastādgalamāhurdvipasya ca . adhaḥkaṇṭhastayoścordhaṁ manye te galakaṇṭhayoḥ . dhamanyau kaṇṭhapārśve ca tayoścābalipiṇḍikā . galasya pārśvayīrūrdhvaṁ dardurau cātra nirdiśet . guhe manyoparisyātāmupariṣṭāttayostathā . kivikau ca tathā coktau paścādupari caitayoḥ . pārṣṇighātau ca saṁkhyātau pārṣṇighātāntare tathā . utsaṅgāvupari syātāṁ skandhādūrdhaṁ tathānayoḥ . tanmadhye paṇavaścordhvamiti grīvāṁśasaṁgrahaḥ . (hastipakena pārṣṇibhyāṁ yau deśau hanyete tau pārṣṇighātau) gātramātramāyataṁ ca bhavedāsanamāditaḥ . tatpārśvayoḥ pratīkāśau tāvaṁsau ca tayoradhaḥ . tadadhaḥpratyagaṁsau ca tathaivāṁsaphale tathā . tadadhastāttatobāhū tatobāhūttaraṁ tathā . arvāgatra guhe tatra bāhupṛṣṭhodbhave api . apāre ca tadūrdhvaṁ ca tayīstadbhāvikau tathā . pālyāvathāṅgādūrdhañca tayorāyāmapṛṣṭhataḥ . pālyantāṅgapurastāccabhujayoruditau yavau . yavabhāgopari tathā purastāt phalakocchritau . piṇḍikādhaśca vemākhyau viśoṣau yavayoradhaḥ . utsaṅgau ca viśoṣādhaḥ prahau cāpi tayoradhaḥ . tatsandhī ca tataḥ parvasandhānau tadadhomatau . tadadhaḥ pālipādau vai kūrcau cānu tayoradhaḥ . tadadhonakhakūrcāśca tato nakhaśikhā daśa . puraḥpuronakhau nāmnā sanakhau caiva vistṛtau . tatpaścāttu nakhagrīvā viśoṣāḥ pārśvatonatāḥ . antaḥpārśvabahiḥpārśve syātāṁ pārśvanakheṣu ca . kavāsa rājayaścātra pādanāhāvikāstathā . talasandhī tataḥ syātāṁ tale ca tadanantaram . talapradeśapuratastatparā nakhabudhnataḥ . talakarṣau tataḥ paścāt talaprahau tataḥparau . talayorantaraṁ caiva hṛdaye ca karīrake . kiṁvinorājayaśceti talasadbhāvikā api . palahastau tataḥ syātāmantarbāhū tato’ntare . bahirbāhū bahiścordhvaṁ gātra sarvaṁ tato’pi ca . kakṣau gātra prahordhañca kakṣayorantaraṁ tataḥ . iti pradeśā gaditā gajānāṁ gātragocarāḥ . kaṇṭhasyāntarmaṇiḥ pūrvaṁ grīvāparva samāśrayaḥ . uromaṇiḥ samāmnātastataḥ syādurasaḥ sthitiḥ . yā’dhobhā pārśvagā tatra gātrasandhisamāśritā . āvartamaṇi rapyatra vikṣo bhāsvarasaṅgataḥ . tataḥ sandhikarastu syāttasyādhaḥ stanayoḥ puraḥ . mātrayorantaraṁ cāpi caturakṣāntaraṁ bhavet . adhaḥstanau ca stanayorantare cātha cūcuke . stanāntau stanakūrcau ca kṣīrikau cāpi kūrcake . caturakṣāntarālaṁ ca bhave ccūcukayoradhaḥ . stanayorapyadhastācca purastāt stanayorbhavet . hṛdayaṁ cāsya pārśvasthāvāyāmau ca bahistayoḥ . syātāmāyāmakāṇḍau ca tadaghovivaśau tataḥ . tataḥ kroḍaṁ padādhastāt paścāccāyāmakāṇḍayoḥ . randhre cāparavastiśca stanayorapyanantaram . jaṭhare nābhirityete pradeśāḥ kila vakṣasaḥ . āparāṅghriparaḥśephoretaḥsrāvāvaghiḥ smṛtaḥ . tato’ṇḍakoṣasandhiḥ syāt koṣasandhiśca śephataḥ . kramānmehanamatra syāt meḍhrasaṁjño bhavedapi . ānirgamāttathā tasya bāhupārśvagatau matau . agratastatra kakudaṁ tasyāśrī pārśvayorapi . mehanasya puraḥsroto vaṅkṣaṇau koṣapārśvagau . aparāśrayiṇī śukre tathā vaṅkṣaṇamadhyage . ityaṇḍakoṣabhāgāḥ syuḥ kramādāsanamucyate . tadantaścāsanañcordhaṁ vakravaṁśasya pṛṣṭhataḥ . bhavedaparavaṁśaśca tatonyaccādha āsanam . paścimāsanamapyasya pṛṣṭhataḥ paragasya ca . ata āstipradeśaśca tato vaṁśaśca bāladhiḥ . (āstirāsanam) . āśrayetyabhidhānāśca bhāgāḥ paścānniṣādinaḥ . syātāṁ ca tatpalādhastāt pakṣasandhī tathā tataḥ . syātāñca pakṣapārśve ca garmūkāścakramādapi . pakṣādhonantarau cānukukṣī pakṣasamāstutī . niṣkābhau madhyagau tatra śaṅkūcaivordhamadhyataḥ . kakṣābhogau kākapakṣau śaṅkucchāyākarautataḥ . utkṛṣṭaukukṣipaścācca tryasthipārśvagatāvapi . kālakotkṛṣṭadeśānāṁ pālavaṁśaśca pārśvayoḥ . kālake piṇḍike cādho vidyāccāparayoḥ sthite . utkṛṣṭapiṇḍikā tryasthisthānamevālambanam . jaghanaṁ parato’smācca evaṁ kālavakā daśa . bhavet pāyuśca pāyostu gudamabhyantaraṁ tathā . vahirgudasya vartmasyāt gudāntaḥ kandaraṁ viduḥ . vilapāyvantare kakṣau tathā piṇḍikayorapi . adhastādantare kiṁvinyantare tasya saṁsthitiḥ . piṇḍikāghatha maṇḍūkyāvaṣṭhīlau piṇḍikāntare . avayavapramāṇabhedāstartrava . piṇḍikāratnikāmānā puṣkaro’pi bhavettathā . karṇasandhirbhaveccāpi taccāratnipramāṇataḥ . karṇāpavartau pālyau ca syātāṁ hastasamucchritī . karṇāśrī ca tathā vidyādvistāre dvādaśāṅgule . karṇāśrāvapi hastau dvāvāyāma pariṇāhataḥ . karṇavartiṁ viddhi karṇapramāṇena ca ratnikām . śira āsanamuddiṣṭaṁ mānena trikahastakam . śirasastu pramāṇena syāt ṣaḍaṅgulamāsanāt . āsanena samaṁśīrṣaṁ kalyāṇakaramityapi . yasyāsanaṁ ca nīcena śirasaḥ syāt ṣaḍaṅgulam . avāgro nāma sa prokto gajoninditalakṣaṇaḥ . śiro yasya bhaveduccamāsanād dvādaśāṅgulam . so’bhyudagrābhidhānena lakṣaṇādāsanaṁ bhavet . āsanaṁ vaṅkṣaṇoddeśād grāhaśca pakṣabhāgataḥ . mañcasamānaphalaka utkṛṣṭo’ṣṭhīsthito’pi ca . aṣṭītyevaṁ samākhyātaṁ lakṣaṇādāsanaṁ bhavet . hastadvayapramāṇena pecakāt paścimāsanam . dvādaśāṅgulanimnaṁ syādāsanāt paścimāsanam . sārdhahastatrayaṁ cādhaḥ pramāṇamapi bāladheḥ . saptāṅgulapramāṇena pāyuśca parimaṇḍalaḥ . aratniparimāṇena vidustadvadguṇāntaram . aratnito’ghikaṁ yasya vistareṇa stanāntaram . tiryagromacayaṁ gātramaribhyaḥ śīkadogajaḥ . aratnitrayamānena nābhideśastanāntaram . nābhiśca bhūtrakoṣaśca gudāratnyardhamānataḥ . aṇḍakoṣaśca hastārdhapramāṇena samanvitaḥ . dve cāratnī tathārdhaṁ ca koṣamānaṁ bhavedapi . so’rdhahastadvayāyāmohastānāhayutomataḥ . prauhe tu pariṇāhaḥ syādaratnidvitaya tathā . hastayoścārdha mānaṁ syāt caturbhāgeṇa saṁyutam . talasya pārśvataḥ prauhāvaratnipramitau matau . caturbhāgayutāratnirbhavennamratalopari . aṣṭāṅgulapramāṇena syātāṁ tataḥ puronakhau . saptāṅgulaścāpanakhaḥ pārśve pañcāṅgulānakhāḥ . caturviṁśatyaṅgulañca bhavedgātrāpare tathā . aparābhyāṁ bhavedgranthiraratnyardhena mānataḥ . aratniśca talāyāmobhavecca karayorapi . saptāṅgulāstu vaiśoṣāḥ pālyoḥ pārśvanakhāstathā . pañcāṅgulāstryaṅgulāśca navacāpi nakhā matāḥ . ityaṅgamānaṁ nāgasya diṅmātramihadarśitam . samāṅgā api mātāṅgā dṛśyante duḥkhadāḥ kvacit . dṛśyante viṣamāṅgāśca kvacit kalyāṇadāyinaḥ . tasmāt pramāṇaṁ keṣāñcidapramāṇatayā matam . pramāṇaṁ kṛtasācāryaiḥ sarvairlakṣaṇa vedibhiḥ . athāṅgasaṅgamāttāvat mātaṅgānāṁ guṇāguṇāḥ . bhūyo’nyaguṇadoṣābhyāṁ prasaṅgāt kathitāḥ punaḥ . uparikramato vṛddho nātistabdhomṛdusthitiḥ . vṛttamnigdhāccharomā ca lohitāṅguliṣuṣkaraḥ . sarvavyaktapramāṇaśca gajaḥ kalyāṇakārakaḥ . bhāgyapradī bālahastastathāyatatanūruhaḥ . arthado hīnavinduśca gajo duḥkhaprado maṁtaḥ . dvipāmṛtyukarā hrasvā hīnapārśvāśca vṛddhidāḥ . puṣkaraṁ hīnamavyaktaṁ vidyādbhartṛvināśanam . yuktamāne nigāle ca nirmalaśrotasī śubhe . susamāhite ca syātāmut palāgrasamadyutī . unnaddhau kramavṛddhau ca sigdhāvabhyuditau samam . dakṣiṇau ca samānau ca prahārapraguṇacchavī . tataḥ pradakṣiṇāvartāvudāttau dantināṁ radau . karaspṛgākṛtī cāpi śvetāsthisadṛśadyutī . viṣāṇe ca tathā myātāṁ cāpāgre vāraṇasya ca . yo dakṣiṇaikadantasya śriyā tu rahito gajaḥ . vāmaikadanto dantī ca duḥkhadaḥ sādinomataḥ . daśāṁ prāpya catuthīṁ ca dvitīyāṁ yasya na dvijau . sthūlāvanāyatau syātāṁ sa mūḍho nāma durgajaḥ . ūrdhasaṁsthānavakrau ca pratimānagatau na vā . yuyutsāmiva kurvāṇā yasya bālāḥ sadurdvipaḥ . dantau halopamau yasya dīrghau pārśvena connatau . dakṣiṇena viṣāṇena vāmadantadarantathā . kārayedyastu mātaṅgo vāmadārī sa vai bhavet . tathā dakṣiṇadārī ca dakṣiṇadaraṇaṁ tathā . vāmena kārayennoṣṭo yātuḥ svāminaeva saḥ . tathā halaviśālena dantenaikena dantinaḥ sthūlenākharvadīrgheṇa duḥsthitākhyo’pi varjitaḥ . antarnatābhyāṁ saddantaḥ kudanto’pi natāvaghaḥ . kūpe vāmonnatiścāpi radābhyāṁ dviradaḥ kvacit . dantadurvāsasākhyo hi dviradomadhyalakṣaṇaḥ . bahirnatauhastalambau radau yasya sa durgajaḥ . kṛṣṇāyatau radau mūle vinahinti madāgatim . śyāmalākāra radanāgranthimaddaśanāstathā . durjātā viṣamā vakraphalakāśca kṛśāstathā . ātadīrghātihrasvāśca vadanenāghaśaṁsinaḥ . triratnimitameḍhrasya pañcaratnimitoradaḥ . yaṣṭidantonukathito rājaputra! manīṣibhiḥ . prapūrṇaṁ pratimānañca tārābhaṁ balivajitam . sūkṣmavindu samānaddhaṁ mṛdutvakkāyaromaśam . svāyataṁ pṛthubāhityaṁ sarvagātrasamāhitam . raktauṣṭhatāludaśanavilagnamustvaṇasthitim . taṁ rājā varjayet yuddhe śubhalakṣaṇa varjitam . bālārkasadṛśe yasya harivarṇavilocane . manaḥśilāprabhe vāpi haryakṣo’sau subhikṣadaḥ . padmāpāṅge ca vipule suprasanne sitāsite . yasyākṣiṇī sacākṣibhyāṁ vibhaktākhyo hitapradaḥ . yasyatuṅge ca nayane mahatī dṛṣṭimaṇḍale . snigdhanirmalavarṇaśca tārakākṣaḥ sa sammataḥ . yasyāsṛjaḥ samā bhāse vṛttākāre vilocane . pārāvatākṣaṁ nāgaṁ taṁ praśaṁsanti śivapradam . hrasve nātyāyate netre prasanne sūkṣmadarśane . yasya syātāṁ sacādhyakṣo vāraṇaḥ śubhalakṣaṇaḥ . īṣadgairikasaṅkāśe dṛśyete yasya cākṣiṇī . dhvāṅkṣākṣaḥ sa vinirdiṣṭo durbhikṣāribhayāvahaḥ . kṛṣṇāpāṅge śubhe netre kāṁsyasadṛśasaprabhe . yasya syātāṁ bhaveccāyaṁ śūkarākṣā sa garhitaḥ . samantato nopacite saṁsṛṣṭe ca manāgdṛśau prauḍhākūṭau yasyāpi viṣvagakṣaḥ sa durbhagaḥ . vaiṣamyādviṣamaprekṣī neṣṭo haritayā dṛśā . tathā niṣprabhayā dṛṣṭyā varjitaḥ kālapiṅgalaḥ . tandrīryasyānudṛśyeta virūpaṁ viṣamaṁ tathā . tathaiva tiryag dṛk hastī tiryakprekṣī ma dūṣaṇaḥ . adhaḥprekṣī ca yo yaḥ syādūrdhagāmivilocanaḥ . sadṛśo babhrumārjāraprabhṛtyamatacakṣuṣām . sa syādaniṣṭa dṛk hastī tiryakprekṣī ca dūṣaṇaḥ . adhaḥprekṣī ca sajñeyo mṛdūrdhvagāmidarśanaḥ . dṛṣṭiḥ snigdhā praphullā ca susthitāmalatārakā . ūrdhvapakṣma prasannasya vāraṇasya vilokyate . udagratārako nāmnā sāmnā pārśvavisarpiṇī . vistabdhācalapakṣmā tu kupitā’nekapasya dṛk . sarvāṅgalakṣaṇebhyo’pi cakṣurlakṣaṇamuttamam . ityevaṁ lakṣaṇajñānāṁ pūrveṣāmanuśāsanam . praśastanetre dvirade nṛpobhadrāṇi paśyati mastakādilakṣaṇantu prāyeṇa bārhaspatyoktalakṣaṇasamamityatastannoktaṁ yatra viśeṣastaducyate . ekakūpaprajātāni snigdhāni ca mṛdūni ca . romāṇīṣṭāni romṇāñca pecako dakṣiṇāṅgajaḥ . lāṅgūlasyaiva romāṇi dṛśyante yasya hastinaḥ . saṁhatāni vicitrāṇi sa pūjyo vāraṇoraṇe . kariṇo vāmanatvādau kāraṇāntaraṁ tatphalañcoktaṁ tatraiva vāyvākāśaguṇādhiṣṭhapṛthivīguṇasarjanāt . jāyatekila mātaṅgaḥ kubjo vā vāmano’pi ca . yato bhūtaguṇo’nyonyamadhitiṣṭhati mānataḥ . tairguṇai rjāyate kharvā dantīti munayoviduḥ . hīnāṅgohānikārī syādadhikāṅko’dhikaṁ haret . rāṣṭrāhitau bhavetāñca khañjakubjāviti sthitiḥ . āyāmānāha saṁyukto hṛsvākāro hi vāmanaḥ . naṣṭhīvyantaraniryāṇo mahāsthisagado’pi ca . asthiśvetau ca rūkṣmau ca dantau yasyāśritau karam . sa cālayitvā rājānaṁ hatvā vātha palāyate . hrasvameḍhrāṅgulikaraḥ śrotrāśriśvetaromayuk . kapikauśikakākāhinakulaprakhyalocanaḥ . kālāpaṅgalanetraśca tanvānanahanustathā . balyā samānaniryāṇaḥ pratyagrapṛthupecakaḥ . maṇḍūkābharucitvak ca sāsnānalasamo’pi ca . parimaṇḍala karṇaśca spaṣṭadhvāṅkṣa śivadhvajaḥ . prauḍhonnatākṣi kūṭākṣaḥ sakilāsāṅghrimehanaḥ . vyālaityavagantavyo nirmado dantidūṣaṇaḥ . sabalī yasya sadānau prauhau cāpi kacācitau . civuke cāyatasthūle vraṇaiśca tanurābilā . adhovaktrāṇi romāṇi hanū ca kṛśaromage . suḍhakkākṛtayaḥ pādā ḍimbaityapi viśrutaḥ . āsyauṣṭhatālurasanāḥ kāla kalmāṣakāntayaḥ . karṇaukacācitau nyūnau tāmbavarṇaśca bāladhiḥ . karābhipreṣaṇāsaktau mānonāṅgulipuṣkale . sthūle ca pakṣmaṇī netraprabhe duṣprekṣaṇe tathā . durbaddhāni tathāṅgāni balīmukhanibhaṁ mukham . reṇudvirephānurūpā makṣikābhiścitākṛtiḥ . aratnimānau dantau ca śuṣkāvapyanigūhitau . karṇe ca kaṭhine yasya nīlagopaka vidyuti . vivarṇaṁ kaṭhinaṁ rūkṣaṁ bhinnamiśratanuruham . napusakaśca mātaṅgo sa dūre tyāgamarhati . mañjiṣṭhārāgabhāvena yattanurvānaropamā . sa pūtano’gnibhayado yūthahā parivarjitaḥ . tiryakprekṣī cādhaḥprekṣī durgandhamadasaṁyutaḥ . kālapiṅgodaroneṣṭo mātaṅgaḥ syāt mataṅgajaḥ . puṣkare stanamadhye ca vāmahaste mataṅgajaḥ . kilāsairāvṛtaḥ syācca tadrāṣṭre durnayaṁ diśet . paścātsamutthitāvāponityamīlitalocanaḥ . bāhitthasaṁkṣiptamukhonibaddhākṣo mataṅgajaḥ . nyūnaṁ viṁśativarṣasya dantau yasya pramāṇataḥ . atimātrau na vai syātāṁ nāgonāgasamastu saḥ . hīnātiriktadaśano yasya vai tasya mṛtyudaḥ ityavayavadoṣāḥ . atha varṇastathāvartāḥ puṣpāṇyābhā svarogatiḥ . balaṁ satvamanūkañca gandhobodhitamiṅgitam . syādbhūtaguṇavaiśeṣyād varṇavaiśeṣyameva hi . vātādibhyo’pi doṣemyovarṇavaiśeṣyamiṣyate . raukṣyaṁ parātirekeṇa sarvaṁ vātasya vaibhavet . soṣmatā śoṇitāt, pittāt raudratā, saumyatendujā ityupakramya kapho garbhaśayānasya snigdhatāṁ pratipadyate . pittaṁ garbhaśayānasya stabdhatvaṁ pratipadyate . tatkarī kathitaḥ kālastathaiva snigdhadarśanaḥ . pittaṁ kaphaśca yugapad veviṣṭi tu tatastataḥ . śyāmavarṇo’pi mātaṅgo jāyate snigdhaeva vai . garbhe ca māṁsasahite kapharakte yadā sthite . ciraṁ garbhaśayānasya harisnigdhastato’pyasau . raktapittakaphānāñca saṅkaratvagatau tathā . haritāruṇapītādyā nānāvarṇā bhavanti hi . sarvatrānugavātena mīlanādrūkṣatā bhavet . pāruṣyaṁ dhūsaratvaṁ ca susnigdhatvaṁ bhavettathā . kvacidvarṇavibhedāśca pūrvasambhavakāraṇāt . grahanakṣatracārācca pitṛvījavaśāttathā . tatrāpi śvetavarṇāśca śukavarhimaṇitviṣaḥ . śuddhahemarucaścebhāḥ sureṣu prāci ca kvacit . nṛṇāntu harayaḥ kṛṣṇāḥ śyāmāśca kariṇaḥ smṛtāḥ . harirmadhusavarṇaśca kṛṣṇaścāñjanasannibhaḥ . na kālo na harirnāgomadhvābhaḥ śyāma iṣyate . eteṣu tripu varṇeṣu harivarṇovaromataḥ . iti varṇabhedakāraṇādinirūpaṇam . āvartaḥ ṣaḍidhaścaiva tvagjodaśanabhaṅgajaḥ . koṣajaḥ pakṣmajātaśca bālajo romajo’pi ca . koṣaromabhavau śastau dantakalpanajaḥ śubhaḥ . śīkānarthapradāḥ proktāstvagjapakṣmajabālajāḥ . bhūmidoromajāvartaḥ koṣāvartojayapradaḥ . daśanasambhavāvartaḥ sutadārapradastathā . kathitaḥ pakṣmajāvartojñātijātabhayapradaḥ . vraṇakṛdbālajāvartaḥ sāmahā romasambhavaḥ . praśastodakṣiṇāvartovāmāvarto vigarhitaḥ . mato vyakto mṛdusnigdhaḥ savarṇaḥ pītaromajaḥ . vāmāṅge dakṣiṇāvartovāmāvartaśca dakṣiṇe . āvartaḥ sammato’bhīṣṭo dvijarājasamaprabhaḥ . śubho’pyakṣetrajāto’sau śubhaṁ naiva prayacchati . aśubhakṣetrajātaśca nāniṣṭaphaladaḥ śubhaḥ . avagrahe grahatale stanayorantare tathā . grīvāyā makṣikūṭordhaṁ kumbhayorantare tathā . utpale dantaveṣṭe ca karṇamadhye ca vakṣasi . āvartā vāraṇānāṁ hi suniśceyāḥ śubhapradāḥ . stanāntare śiromadhye kumbhāntaścūlikāntare . vakṣasyāvartasampannaḥ kuñjaraḥ pañcamaṅgalaḥ . śīrṣāvarto’bhiṣekāya stanāvartojayāya ca . sukhāya cūlikāvartaḥ kunbhororomajaḥ śriye . vaṁśe prauhe’tha bāhitthe manyāsya sagade kaṭe . karṇe’kṣikūṭe nābhau ca kakṣapakṣmāṁsakūkṣiṣu . bāladhau pecake meḍhre randhrasandhikalāsu ca . āvartā na praśasyante karṇabhāgagatāśca ye . koṇapramāṇalaghavomarmaparvapradeśagāḥ . aśubhakṣetrajātāśca sakilāsāntarotthitāḥ . manonetrābhirāmo hi susūkṣmogadito mahān . ūrdhvapravṛttodīrghaśca romajo’rthajayāvahaḥ . marmabhāgeṣu nāgasya niṣṭhāste romajādayaḥ . samabhāgagatāvartāḥ sarvataḥ sukhadāmatāḥ . ityāvartaḥ . svastikādisusaṁsthānaṁ puṣpaṁ darśanadehajam . snigdhaṁ bhavet śubhacchāyamacchinnaṁ vāñchitapradam . kabandhādikasaṁsthānaṁ viṣatantusamaṁ sphuṭam . rūkṣaṁ kṛṣṇañca kusumaṁ tātānarthakasaṁjñakam . dadyāt sutaṁ sitaṁ puṣpaṁ snigdhapītañca hemadam . nīlotpalābhaṁ śīlāptyai snigdhakālañca vṛttidam . yadi syāt pūjite bhāge kusumaṁ snigdhapāṇḍuram . suracāpasamākāraṁ tadbhanedmūbhujaḥ śubham . śakraṁcāpanibhaṁ puṣpaṁ dantopari ca dantinaḥ . diśediṣṭaṁ sumikṣaṁ ca kṣemaṁ ca kṣitirakṣiṇaḥ . stanāntaḥ snigdharukṣe ca puṣpe nāga same tathā . puṣpe śrotrāntaḥkāle ca mlānivṛddhiṁ vinirdiśet . śrīvṛkṣādinibhākāre vaijayantīdhvajopame . śailaprāsādasadṛśe chatracāmaravīthibhiḥ . somasūryasamābhāse śivikāyānamūrtibhiḥ . diṣṭe śubhāya nṛpaternindyamahisamākṛti . śvakravyādanibhākāraṁ raṇāpasarakāraṇam . dhūmābhaṁ puṣpamicchanti mṛtyave’gnibhayāya ca . kṛṣṇaṁ puṣpaṁ tathā neṣṭaṁ dviṣadbhogavivardhanam . iti puṣpam bhūkhāgnyambumarujjātā bhavecchāyā viṣāṇinām . śastā bhūjalavahnyutthā na śastā khānilodbhavā . chāyāyāḥ sambhavaḥ pūrvaṁ, parataḥ paritaḥ prabhā . chāyāyāḥ sambhavaḥ pūrvaṁ prabhā tatparamaśnute . varṇamātraśritā cchāyā prabhā varṇasya nāśrayaḥ . lakṣaṇāni tu nāgānāṁ pāpāni ca śubhāni ca . chāyāvaśāt phalantyeva chāyā tenātilakṣaṇam . yasya syāllakṣaṇaṁ bhadraṁ chāyā bhadrā bhavenna tu . na cāsau śubhadohastī chāyopahatalakṣaṇaḥ . pāpalakṣaṇayukto’pi śubhacchāyāyutogajaḥ . phalaṁ lakṣaṇajaṁ hitvā chāyāphalamavāpnuyāt . nīrājane’bhiṣeke ca dhvajocchrāye raṇodaye . teṣu teṣu ca kāleṣu bhavecchāyā ca śomanā . vakṣasi pratimāne’ṁse kumbhe karṇe kaṭeṣu ca . niryāṇe mastakasthāne veṣṭayośca kapolayoḥ . piṇḍikājaghanābhoge teṣu teṣu padeṣu ca . pradeśeṣu pradhāneṣu chāyāyā vīkṣaṇaṁ bhaved . praśastā pārthivī chāyā bahnijā jalajāpi ca . neṣyate vyomajā chāyā mātariśvabhavāpi ca . pārthivī snigdhagambhīrā sarvavarṇe vibhāvyate . chāyā hyāsāṁ ca raktā ca snigdhā jāmbūnadāgnijā . chāyā nīlāmbudābhāsā snigdhā salilasambhavā . avyaktaparuṣā tasyachāyā gaganajā matā . dhūmrā rūkṣā ca vāyavyā bhasmābhā niṣprabhā tathā . etāśchāyāḥ parīkṣyāḥ syurmātaṅge rājapūjite . nīlāmbujendranīlābhā nīlāñjananibhā’pi ca . kvāpyuktā pārthivī cchāyā subhikṣakṣemakāriṇī . bālārkapadmakiñjalkaśakragopakasannibhā . jvālābhā taptahemābhā vahnijā vijayapradā . chāyāmmayī payaḥśaṅkhakundarūpyanibhadyutiḥ . saugyākhyayā pratītā ca bharturarthapradā sadā . jalabudvudasaṅkāśā dhūmradyutiratisthirā . nindyā ca vyomajā chāyānityodvegakarī matā . sarvavarṇairupetā’pi niṣprabhā bhasmasannibhā . vicchinnā vikṛtā cchāyā vāyavī sā bhayāvahā . vairiñcī vaiṣṇavī śaivī chāyā māghavanī tathā . kaumārī rākṣasī sārpī gāndharvī ca tathā”surī . paiśācī ceti yāśchāyā śchāyādivyāḥ kvacit śubhāḥ . bhūtotthalakṣaṇe tāsāṁ bhedoneha tu kīrtitaḥ . tejo’tisaktā bhadrasya pāṭalā bhavati prabhā . chāyā raktakalā rukmapadmapūganibhā’pi vā . kṛṣṇā ca mandakariṇaśchāyā tu mṛgahastinaḥ . malināmbaradhūmreva gīrvāṇāyudhadarśanā iti chāyā . hastināṁ vividhā dhvānāśchidrebhyaḥ karato’pi ca . bhavanti vāyuvaśato gātrāṇāṁ veṣṭanena ca . prayāṇeṣvabhiṣikteṣu dhvaje jātikuleṣu ca . nāgeṣu vṛṁhitaṁ grāhyaṁ mattastabdhe na jātiṣu . hṛṣito’tyastanidrāntastṛṣito vṛṁhati kvacit . yadi dantī śubhe deśe samaye ca vasupradaḥ . darśayedvṛṁhitaṁ bhadraṁ tatphalaṁ sphītamādiśet . sarovare tathā”rāme goṣṭhe vibudhaveśmani . nikuñje hṛdyadeśe hi vijñeyaḥ śubhadodhvaniḥ . yātrāyāmabhiṣeke ca yajñādisamaye tathā . samaye caiva puṇye ca vṛṁhitaṁ syācchivapradam . aśmādikāṣṭha balmīkaduṣṭasthāne bhayapradaḥ . sunīce ca pradhūme ca pratiśyāyadineṣu ca . atiśīte’tigharme ca prabhāte cāśubhoravaḥ . mūtale nyastahasto hi paryaśrunayanogajaḥ . kūjan nirvyathanaṁ kuryāt yadi vā naśyatīśvaraḥ . kareṇa vṛṁhitonāgo duścittāśrupariplutaḥ . ādiśenmantriṇonāśamatha vā pṛthanāpateḥ . vyāyataśramahastasya sāsrādhogatacakṣuṣaḥ . jaghane vāmato bālaṁ tathā nikṣipato’sakṛt . (bālaṁ bāladhim) . niṣīdato laṅghayato hṛṣṭaromṇovimūrchataḥ . vāme nikṣipya gaṇḍūṣaṁ vṛṁhitaṁ syādanarthakṛt . kheyaḥ sravati nāgānāṁ dhamatāṁ yadi śoṇitam . (khebhyaḥ chidrebhyaḥ) tathā manyāntadeśe ca prāṇināṁ kṣayamādiśet . yadyāgneyīmukhobhūtvā prācyāṁ bā’rkodayaṁ prati . dantī tīkṣṇaravaṁ kuryāttadā syāt pāvakādbhayam . kareṇa yadi mātaṅgo vṛṁhamāṇaḥ stanaṁ spṛśet . ālāne lambamānastu saṁyuti kṣayamādiśet . (saṁyuti yuddhe) . ālāne lambamānastu śītkurvan kurute dhvanim . gātraṁ praṁṅkholayannāgastataḥ prasthānamādiśet . kṣiptvā karaṁ viṣāṇasthaṁ viṣamaṁ kūjate yadi . nirīkṣamāṇo gaganaṁ hatāṁ vṛṣṭimudāharet . yadābhyunnatavaktreṇa stanasthānañca jighrataḥ . tathā kuñcitahastena mukhaṁ gātraṁ ca jighrataḥ . kurvato dakṣiṇaṁ hastaṁ śanairnikṣipato’pi yat . vṛṁhitaṁ syāttadiṣṭañca tathānyonyakaraspṛśaḥ . gṛhītvā śubhavastūni kusumādīni ced dvipaḥ . kuryācchabdaṁ śumaṁ tena phalaṁ śubhataraṁ bhavet . uccairabhimukhaḥ śānto yadā nadati vāraṇaḥ . arūkṣamadhyamānena tadā tatra jayī dhruvaḥ . mukhena maṇḍūkaravān karṇābhyāṁ dundubhidhvanim . kareṇa murajārāvān kurvan kalyāṇakārakaḥ . kalaṇādisamārāvā vikaṭāna samāḥ smṛtāḥ . iti dhvaniḥ . gatibale tu prāgukte evātra prāyeṇa darśite nātaste atrodāhṛte . satvaṁ trividhamicchanti śreṣṭhamadhyādhamairguṇaiḥ . sātvikaṁ rājasaṁ cāpi tāmasañca viṣāṇinām . eṣāmapi guṇājñeyā bahavaste na kīrtitāḥ . satvasyoktāguṇāḥ śauryaṁ buddhirdhairyaṁ suharṣatā . rajasoye guṇāste ca krodhotsāhā vapi kvacit . guṇāśca tamasastantrātamomohapramāditāḥ . hrīmantaḥ kāntiyuktāśca prājñāśca cirajīvinaḥ . kriyākleśasahāḥ śrāntāḥ sātvikāḥ sāmasambhavāḥ . śiṣyāśca madhyasādhyāśca kīrtitānirbhayāḥ kvacit . kriyāyogasahāḥ kiñcidrājasā madhyamāyuṣaḥ . tāmasā duḥkhitā mūḍhā virūpā laghujīvitāḥ . yukto’pyanyaguṇaiḥ sarvairyutaścet sātvikai rguṇaiḥ . śreyoguṇaḥ sa samare tathā’dhvani mataṅgajaḥ . eṣāṁ vāgīśanirdiṣṭā viṣayāpekṣayā sthitiḥ . bhadre sannihitaṁ satvaṁ, rajomande, tamo mṛge . devagandharvayakṣāṇāṁ pannagāsurarakṣasām . piśācānāṁ nṛṇāṁ tulyaṁ vedyaṁ nāgasya ceṣṭitam . iti satvam . yat pūrvasambhavaṁ spaṣṭaṁ satvaṁ rūpaṁ gatiḥ svaraḥ . tasyānukaraṇāt yuktamanūkamiti kovidāḥ . satvarūpajavārāvaiḥ śubhānukāritā śubhā . devarṣigaṇagandharvanāgānūkāḥ śubhāmatāḥ . evameva ca duṣṭānukṛtoduṣṭāḥ prakīrtitāḥ . daityarakṣaḥpiśācānāmanūkaṁ parivarjitam . vṛṣasiṁhaturaṅgādi samānūkāmatā dvipāḥ . neṣṭāḥ saradagṛdhrādisamānākṛtiyoginaḥ . anūkam . āsyākṣikumbhakarṇeṣu madaniśvāsavāyuṣu . śakṛdvamathumūtreṣu gandhaṁ samupalakṣayet . iṣṭagandhānniṣeveta vāraṇān dharaṇīpatiḥ . duṣṭagandhān sadā bhūpoyatnataḥ parivarjayet . sarpirmadhusurālājadadhikṣīrānukārakaḥ . śālyannośīramadirāpadmakāṣṭhādisannibhaḥ . mālatīketakījātocandanādhikasaurabhaḥ . surasālaphalāmogogandhonāgasya sammataḥ . asṛṅmūtraśakṛtpūtivasākuṇapakutsitaḥ . pakṣinīḍapalāṇḍvādisaptatigmavinirmitaḥ . kharoṣṭraśūkarasamaḥ śyaśānadhūmasannibhaḥ . mīnamatkuṇatulyaśca gandhonāgasya duḥkhadaḥ . iti gandhaḥ . pañcadhā viditaṁ syācca vijñeyaṁ sāmajanmanām . atyarthottānagambhīrapratyarthānvarthabhedataḥ . yastūdghātādudvijate dūrādaṁsādi saṁkucet . atyarthaṁ saṅkucet spṛṣṭaḥ sa gajo’tyarthave ditā . yo’pi tvaksparśamātreṇa romasparśavaśena vā . vidyāddaṇḍāṅkuśādīṁśca sa syāduttānaveditā . tvagbhedāt śoṇitasrāvāt tīvrapravyathanādapi . aṅkuśādīn vijānāti sa hi gambhīraveditā . śanairhatobhṛśaṁ vetti śanairvetti bhṛśāhataḥ . viparītamatirnāgo jñeyaḥ pratyarthaveditā . pratyeti vārya māṇo yo nigṛhītaśca gacchati . pratilomāyate saṁjñāṁ so’pi pratyarthaveditā . śanairhataḥ śanairvettibhṛśaṁ vetti bhṛśāhataḥ . pratyeti pratiṣiddhaśca nodyamānaśca gacchati . yathāsaṁjñaṁ vidadhyācca sarvakarmāṇi yo’dbhutam . anvarthavedinaṁ prājñojānīyāttaṁ śubhaṁ gajam iti viditam . mataṅgajeṅgitaṁ vakṣye śṛṇu tadavadhānataḥ . śubhajñānañca yena syāt yātrādisamaye nṛpa! . anuyātraṁ gatohanyāt kiñcidrūpaṁ yadi dvipaḥ . tajjayaḥ, pratiyātraṁ tu rūpāhatyā parājayaḥ . dṛṣṭvā ripūnabhimukhān vāryamāṇo’pi cedgajaḥ . vrajettadvijayonūnaṁ yadi vā prāptavān vaśe . dakṣiṇenāgrapādena kṣitimutpāṭayedyadi . uttolayedvāmapādaṁ tadā jayamudīrayet . kareṇa cāgrahastena yadā pṛthvīṁ pramārjayet . siñcatyanena karṇau ca tadā saukhyaṁ samādiśet . pecakaṁ kuṭilaṁ kṛtvā karaṁ jighrati cet dvipaḥ . prahṛṣṭahṛdayāṅghriśca tadābhyudayamādiśet . dakṣiṇaṁ tu yadā dantaṁ dantī pramuditendriyaḥ . pariṣvajati hastena tadā syāt priyasaṅgamaḥ . tathaiva galasandhiñca paṣkareṇa parāmṛśan . śrīyogamupayātaṁ tu vāraṇovinivedayet . saṅkocya dakṣiṇaṁ pādaṁ vāmapādena vā bhuvam . vilikhedvāraṇaḥ khinnastadbhartuḥ syāt parājayaḥ . yadā tu durmanādantaṁ vāmaṁ hastena śodhayet . tadātmanovadennāśaṁ yāturvātha niṣādinaḥ . kareṇa vāmagātraṁ ca khinnagātraḥ pramārṣṭi cet . tadāniṣṭaṁ bhavedbharturanyathā ca śubhaṁ bhavet . vyathamānaḥ patet trastaḥ kakṣabandhe yadā dvipaḥ . nābhinandecca mālyādi tadā paribhavo bhavet . akasmādeva kupyanti bhramanti ca patanti ca . kariṇo yadi tadvidyāt vigrahaṁ samupasthitam . yadā paśyati mātaṅgovidravañca parājayam . pravāsaṁ pararāṣṭraṁ vā tadā bhavati durmanāḥ . adaṁśavraṇapīḍāyāṁ kareṇa parivījanāt . gaṇḍūṣadeśaniṣpeṣāt savyājamupasarpaṇāt . akasmācca skhaladgatyā dharaṇyāṁ praṇipātanāt . jalapratāravaimukhyādahitabhakṣyasevanāt . stabdhakarṇatayā gatyā pādāgraveśanādapi . drutadadrvādipīlutvādakalyāṇakaraḥ karī . āttagrahojalottīrṇoripūṇāṁ grahaṇaṁ vadet iṅgitam . jāyate dvividhaḥ kopaḥ saṁścāsaṁśca viṣāṇinām . śiṣyakrodhohyabhīṣṭaḥ syādaniṣṭo’śiṣyaroṣaṇaḥ . yaḥ krudhyati cireṇaiva mṛdukrodho bhavedapi . vāgdaṇḍamātrabandhaiśca pratiṣiddho na muhyati . anuśāmyati roṣācca sa śiṣyakrodhasaṁjñitaḥ . iṣyate sarvakāryeṣu śubhajātirmataṅgajaḥ . yaḥ krudhyatyaciriṇaiva bhṛśakrodho bhavedapi . pratiṣiddhaśca vāgdaṇḍatīkṣṇaprajanakāṅguśaiḥ . muhyatyeva cireṇāpi roṣādviratimeti ca . aśiṣyakrodhasaṁjño’sau vijñeyo vāraṇādhamaḥ iti kopaḥ . vistarastu pālakāvyādau dṛśyaḥ . |
ऊन – ūna | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūna mfn. (“av” ; ? cf. Zd. “ūna”), wanting, deficient, defective, short of
the right quantity, less than the right number, not sufficient mfn. less (in number, size, or degree), minus, fewer, smaller, inferior &c. mfn. less than (with abl. e.g. “lakṣād ūna”, less than a Laksha liii, 10; or ifc. e.g. “tad-ūna”, inferior to that one , less by (with instr. e.g. “dvābhyām ūna”, less by two ; or ifc. e.g. “alpona”, less by a little, a little less ; “paṇcona”, less by five &c.) mfn. less by one (prefixed to decimals from twenty up to one hundred, e.g. “ūna-viṁśa” = “ekona-viṁśa”, the twentieth minus one, the nineteenth). Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 ūna a. [ūn-hānau ac Uṇ. 3. 2] (1) Wanting, deficient, defective; kiṁcidūnamanūnardheḥ śaradāmayutaṁ yayau R. 10. 1; incomplete, insufficient. (2) Less than (in number, size or degree); ūnadvivarṣaṁ nikhanat Y. 3. 1 less than two years old; ūnaṁ vābhyadhikaṁ vāpi Y. 2. 295. (3) Fewer, smaller. (4) Weaker, inferior; ūnaṁ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe R. 2. 14. (5) Minus (in this sense used with numerals); ekona less by one; – viṁśatiḥ 20 minus 1=19; so -triṁśat, 29; -paṁcāśat 49; aṣṭonaṁ śataṁ 100 minus 8 = 92. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch ūna Uṇ. 3, 2. adj. “woran Etwas fehlt, unter dem Maasse bleibend, unzureichend, zu klein, zu wenig, nachstehend” (Gegens. pūrṇa, atirikta, adhika) AK. 3, 4, 18, 130. dūre pūrṇena vasati dūra ūnena hīyate AV. 10, 8, 15. 44. yatta ūnaṁ tatta ā pūrayāti 12, 1, 61. ŚAT. BR. 11, 5, 3, 7. yadihonakarma yadatyarīricāma AIT. BR. 5, 24. ŚAT. BR. 11, 2, 3, 7. ūnaṁ me pūryatāṁ pūrṇaṁ me mā vigāt PĀR. GṚHY. 2, 16. 4. ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 2, 11, 2. ūnātirikta VS. p. 150 TS. 5, 1, 8, 4. ŚAT. BR. 10, 3, 2, 13. ūnaṁ vābhyadhikaṁ vāpi likhedyo rājaśāsanam YĀJÑ. 2, 295. ūnadvivarṣa “nicht volle zwei Jahre alt” 3, 1. ūnadvivārṣika M. 5, 68. ūnaṣoḍaśavarṣa R. 1, 22, 2. 3, 42, 23. ūnaṁ na sattveṣvadhiko vabādhe RAGH. 2, 14. ūnānāṁ svamātṛtaḥ M. 9, 123. Die Ergänzung im instr. oder im comp. (oxytonon) vorangehend P. 2, 1, 31. 6, 2, 153. dvābhyāmūnam ŚAT. BR. 11, 1, 2, 9. Citat bei GAUḌAP. zu SĀṁKHYAK. 2. pañcāśadūna KĀTY. ŚR. 17, 7, 21. alpona M. 8, 217. RĀJA-TAR. 5, 170. VOP. 7, 63. saṁvatsaraḥ kiṁcidūnaḥ SĀV. 4, 26. RAGH. 10, 1. BRAHMA-P. in LA. 56, 10. pūrṇe varṣasahasre daśone R. 1, 46, 12. 5, 1, 56. MBH. 2, 762. N. (BOPP) 20, 11. ekonacatvāriṁśa MBH. I, Adhj. 39 in der Unterschr. Gewöhnlich mit Weglassung von eka, z. B. ūnaviṁśa “der 19te”, ūnatriśaṁ “der 29ste” MBH. III, Adhj. 19. 29 in der Unterschr. Mit einem abl. “weniger, geringer als”: kāntodantaḥ suhṛdupanataḥ saṁgamātkiṁcidūnaḥ MEGH. 98. — Vgl. anūna, nyūna. ūna , dve striyā ūne prajananāya PAÑCAV. BR. 19, 3, 9. lakṣādūnaṁ na dātuṁ sa jānāti sma kilārthine “weniger als ein” Laksha KATHĀS. 53, 10. “der kleinste” VARĀH. BṚH. S. 50, 1. Z. 10 lies tadūnānāṁ svamātṛtaḥ “für diejenigen, die diesem von Seiten der Mutter nachstehen”, M. 9, 123. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 ūna ūna (probably for van + na from van = Goth. van, vans: cf. O.H.G. wênag, few, perhaps [greek] etc.), adj., f. nā. 1. Lessened, Yājñ. 2, 295. 2. Inferior, Man. 9, 123. 3. Wanting, usually as former or latter part of a comp., e. g. alpa-, adj. Wanting, a little, Man. 8, 217. kiṁcid-, adj. A little less, Sāv. 4, 26. tri- bhāga-, adj. Reduced by a third, Rājat. 5, 170. daśona, i. e. daśan-, adj. Wanting ten, Rām. 1, 46, 12. If one only is wanting, eka may be added, e. g. ekonacatvāriṁśa, i. e. eka-ūna-, ord. The thirty-ninth, MBh. 1, adhy. 39, but usually it is dropped, e. g. ūna -viṁśa, ord. The nineteenth, MBh. 3, adhy. 19. As former part, e. g. ūna-dvi-vārṣika (i. e. -dvi-varṣa + ika), adj. A child under two years, Man. 5, 68; ūna-ṣoḍaśavarṣa (i. e. -ṣaṣ- daśan-varṣa), adj. Under sixteen years, Rām. 1, 22, 2. — Cf. probably Lat. un-, or unde-, e. g. in unde-viginti = ūna-viṁśati. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 ūna a. wanting, incomplete; inferior to, less than (abl. or –°); less by (instr. or –°); °– in numerals = ekona, i.e. minus one. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 ūna ū-na, pp. lacking; incomplete; inadequate; inferior; too little; not quite, less than (ab. or -°), less by (in. or -°); -tā, f., -tva, n. abst. N.; -dvi-vārṣika, a. not yet two years old. Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the 1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967 ūna t ka parihāne . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (adantacurāṁ-paraṁ-sakaṁ-seṭ .) dīrghādirdantyopadhaḥ . tathā ca . kṣobhamāśu hṛdayaṁ na yadūnāṁ rāgavṛddhimakaronna yadūnām . iti māghayamakam . parihānaṁ nyūnakriyā . ūnayati baṇik svarṇaṁ prathamaparimāṇāt . parimāṇamātre’yamiti kecit . mā bhavān ūninat . ūnadhorñiḥ aṅ dvitve svasthānameva nāsti ato nāglopitvamiti sandehanirāsārthamāha . onerṛdanubandhajñāpakabalāt dvitvāt prāk prāpto hrasvo aglopitvānna syāt . iti durgādāsaḥ .. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 ūna parihāṇe adantacurā° ubha° saka° seṭ . ūnayati te auninat ta luṅi vā caṅ aunayīt aunayiṣṭa . ūnaḥ ūnitaḥ . mā tvāyatojariturmāmūnayīḥ ṛ° 1, 5, 3, 3 . ūna tri° ūna–hānau ac . 1 hīne, 2 asaṁpūrṇe ca . ūnaṁ na satveṣvadhikobabādhe kiñcidūnamanūnardheḥ śaradāmayutaṁ yayau raghuḥ . ūne dadyādgurūneva yāvat sarvalaghurbhavet vṛ° ra° . ūnadvivārṣikaṁ pretaṁ nidadhyurbāndhavā bahiḥ manuḥ ūnaṁ vāpyadhikaṁ vāpi likhedyo rājaśāsanam yājña° . ūnārthaśabdayoge tṛtīyā . ekenonaḥ . ūnārthakaśabdena vā tṛtīyāsa° . māṣeṇonaḥ māṣonaḥ kalonaḥ kalayonaḥ . ekonaviṁśatiḥ ekonatriṁśat ekonacatvāriṁśat ekonapañcāśat ekonaṣaṣṭiḥ ekonasaptatiḥ ekonāśītiḥ ekonanavatiḥ ekonaśatam . tattatsaṁkhyāyā ekaikonasaṁkhyāyām . evaṁ dvyūnaviṁśatyādayopi aṣṭādaśādisaṁkhyāsu . saṁkhyāsu ekatvasya prathamopasthitatvāt ekaśabdāprayoge’pi ekatvenaivonatvābagamāt ūnaviṁśatyādiśabdānāmekonaviṁśatyādīnāṁvodhakatvam . ekena dvābhyāmityūnake nicṛtaḥ sarvānu° . |
एकोन – ekona | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ekona mfn. less by one, minus one (used in comp. with “viṁśati” and the
succeeding decade numerals, thus “ekona-viṁśati” f. nineteen &c.) Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch ekona (eka + ūna) adj. “um Eines zu klein, woran Eines fehlt”, im comp. mit viṁśati “zwanzig” und den folgenden Zehnern: ekonaviṁśati “neunzehn” AV. 19, 23, 16. MĀṆḌ. Up. 3. H. 64. ekona adj. (f. ā) pañcatriṁśaṁ śataṁ pauṣṇamekonamayanānyṛṣeḥ WEBER, JYOT. 92. Ind. St. 8, 433. fg. -triṁśat 321. -viṁśati WEBER, RĀMAT. UP. 337. fg. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 ekona a. less by one. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 ekona eka+ūna, pp. lacking one. |
कीकट – kīkaṭa | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kīkaṭa m. N. of a son of ṛiṣabha
m. of a son of Saṁkaṭa m. a horse (perhaps originally a horse of the Kīkaṭas) kīkaṭa m. pl. N. of a people not belonging to the āryan race kīkaṭa m. (mfn.), poor kīkaṭa m. avaricious Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 kīkaṭa a. (ṭī f.) (1) Poor, indigent. (2) Miserly. –ṭāḥ (pl.) N. of a country (Behar). –ṭaḥ A horse. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch kīkaṭa 1) m. pl. N. pr. eines nicht-arischen Volkes NIR. 6, 32. TRIK. 3, 3, 95. H. an. 3, 157. MED. ṭ. 37. kiṁ tekṛṇvanti kīkaṭeṣu gāvaḥ ṚV. 3, 53, 14. = magadhāḥ TRIK. 2, 1, 11. H. 960. tataḥ kalau saṁpravṛtte saṁmohāya suradviṣām. buddho nāmnāñjanāsutaḥ kīkaṭeṣu bhaviṣyati.. BHĀG. P. 1, 3, 24. yatra yatra ca madbhaktāḥ praśāntāḥ samadarśinaḥ. sādhavaḥ samudācārāste pūyante ‘pi kīkaṭāḥ.. 7, 10, 18. Im sg. N. pr. eines Sohnes von Ṛṣabha 5, 4, 10. von Saṁkaṭa: kakubhaḥ saṁkaṭastasya kīkaṭastanayo yataḥ. bhuvo durgāṇi 6, 6, 6. — 2) m. “Pferd” (wohl “ein Pferd aus dem Lande der” Kikaṭa) H. an. VIŚVA im ŚKDR. — 3) adj. a) “arm” TRIK. 3, 3, 95. H. 358. H. an. MED. — b) “geizig” TRIK. H. an. MED. kīkaṭa 1) WEBER, Nax. 2, 392. BHĀG. P. 11, 21, 8. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 kīkaṭa A King born in the dynasty of Priyavrata, son of Manu. He was one of the nineteen sons of King Bharata, the other eighteen being Kuśavarman, llāvarta, Brahmāvarta, Āryāvarta, Malaya, Bhadraketu, Sena, Indraspṛk, Vidarbha, Kapi, Hari, Antarīkṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana, Āvirhotra, Dramiḍa, Camasa and Karabhājana. (Bhāgavata, 5th Skandha). kīkaṭa (m) (M) The country ruled by King Kīkaṭa. The following story is told in Devī Bhāgavata as to how an ass in this kingdom attained heaven. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 kīkaṭa kīkaṭa, m. 1. pl. The name of a people, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 24. 2. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 10. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 kīkaṭa m. pl. N. of a people. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 kīkaṭa kīkaṭa, m. pl. N. of a non-Āryan people. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 kīkaṭa pu° kī + kaṭa–ac . caraṇādriṁ samārabhya gṛdhrakūṭāntakaṁ śive! . tāvat kīkaṭadeśaḥsyāt tadantarmagadhobhavet śaktisaṅkamīkte 1 deśabhede . taddeśavāsijanavācitve’sya bhūmni sādhavaḥ samudācārāste pūyante’pi kīkaṭāḥ bhāga° 7, 10, 20 . upacārāt deśe’pi bhūmni tataḥ kalau saṁpravṛtte sammohāya suradviṣām . buddhonāmnā jinasutaḥ kīkaṭeṣu bhaviṣyati bhāga° 1, 3, 25 . 4 nirdhane 5 kṛpaṇe ca tri° medi° . 6 voṭake puṁ strī viśvaḥ striyāṁ jātitvāt ṅīṣ |
कुबेर – kubera | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kubera or in later Sanskṛit “kuvera” m. (originally) N. of a chief of the evil
beings or spirits or darkness having the N. Vaiśravaṇa &c.; (afterwards) the god of riches and treasure (regent of the northern quarter which is hence called “kubera-guptā diś” &c.; (he is regarded as the son of Viśravas by Iḍaviḍā [],the chief of the Yakshas, and a friend of Rudra [ 13131]; he is represented as having three legs and only eight teeth; with Jainas he is the attendant of the nineteenth Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī); N. of a prince of Devarāṣṭra; of the great-grandfather of Bāṇa-bhaṭṭa (author of the Kādambarī); of the author of the Datta- candrikā; the tree Cedrela Toona; (mfn.), deformed, monstrous ; slow, lazy Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch kubera (später kuvera, kuvera Uṇ. 1, 59) m. 1) N. eines Vorstehers der Geister der Tiefe und des Dunkels (s. itarajana), mit dem Bein. Vaiśravaṇa, AV. 8, 10, 28. kubero vaiśravaṇo rājā tasya rakṣāṁsi viśaḥ ŚAT. BR. 13, 4, 3, 10. ĀŚV. ŚR. 10, 7. ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 16, 2, 17. TAITT. ĀR. 1, 31, 3. Nachmals “der Gott der Schätze, der Welthüter im Norden” AK. 1, 1, 1, 63. 2, 4. TRIK. 3, 3, 338. H. 169. 189. an. 3, 539. MED. r. 142. pṛthustu vinayādrājyaṁ prāptavānmanureva ca. kuveraśca dhanaiśvaryam M. 7, 42. 7. MBH. 13, 3101. SUŚR. 1, 71, 2. yakṣarākṣasasainyena guhyakānāṁ gaṇairapi. maṇiśyāmottamavapuḥ kuvero naravāhanaḥ.. yuktaśca śaṅkhapadmābhyāṁ nidhīnāmadhipaḥ prabhuḥ. devo vitteśvaraḥ śrīmāngadāpāṇiradṛśyata.. vimānayodhī dhanado vimāne puṣpake sthitaḥ. sa rājarājaḥ śuśubhe yuddhārthī naravāhanaḥ.. HARIV. 2466. fgg. ṛddhiḥ kuverakāntā 7739. tatra (kailāse) pāṇḍurameghābhaṁ jāmbunadapariṣkṛtam. kuverabhavanaṁ divyaṁ nirmitaṁ viśvakarmaṇā.. R. 4, 44, 28. aṅganāśatamātraṁ tu taṁ vrajantamupāvrajat. kuveramiva paulastyaṁ (pulastya der Grossvater Kuvera’s BHĀG. P. 4, 1, 36. fg.; der Vater ist Viśravas, die Mutter Iḍaviḍā ebend.) devagandharvayoṣitaḥ.. 5, 20, 13. aupavāhyaḥ kuverasya sārvabhauma iti śrutaḥ 4, 44, 43. kuveraguptā dik “der Norden” KUMĀRAS. 3, 25. Kuvera ein Freund Rudra’s HARIV. 13131. kuverabāndhava ein Bein. Śiva’s ŚIV. Kuvera bei den Buddhisten BURN. Intr. 131. LALIT. 115 (von Vaiśravaṇa unterschieden). 208. Nach dem ŚKDR. und WILS. soll Kuvera mit drei Beinen und acht Zähnen gedacht werden; der Name wird in ku + vera “Körper(!”) zerlegt und durch “missgestaltet” (TRIK. 3, 3, 339. “faul, träge” DHAR. im ŚKDR.) gedeutet. tathā ca vāyumārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe. kutsāyāṁ kviti śabdo ‘yaṁ śarīraṁ veramucyate. kuveraḥ kuśarīratvānnāmnā tenaiva so ‘ṅkitaḥ.. ityamaraṭīkāyāṁ bharataḥ. ŚKDR. Bei den Jaina ist Kuvera der Diener des 19ten Arhant’s der gegenwärtigen Avasarpiṇī H. 43. — 2) N. pr. eines Fürsten von Devarāṣṭra LIA. II, 955. des Urgrossvaters von Vāṇabhaṭṭa, dem Verfasser der Kādambarī ZdmG.7. 582. des Verfassers der Dattakacandrikā GILD. Bibl. 495. — 3) = kuveraka TRIK. H. an. MED. kubera 1) pl. KATHĀS. 115, 57. -matanibarhaṇa Verz. d. Oxf. H. 250,b,34. — Die Bomb. Ausgaben schreiben durchgängig kubera. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 kubera Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 kubera m. Kubera, the chief of the spirits of darkness, afterwards the god of riches, the regent of the north. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 kubera kubera, m. N. of the regent of the spirits of the lower regions and of darkness (V.); god of wealth, the world guardian of the North; -datta, m. N. of a mythical being; -valla-bha, m. N. of a Vaisya. |
कुम्भ – kumbha | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kumbha m. a jar, pitcher, water-pot, ewer, small water-jar [often ifc. (f.
“ā”) e.g. “chidra-k-“, a perforated pitcher ; “āma-k-“, a jar of unbaked clay ; “hema-k-“, a golden ewer ; “jala-k-“, a water-pot &c. m. an urn in which the bones of a dead person are collected m. the sign of the zodiac Aquarius &c. m. a measure of grain (equal to twenty Droṇas, a little more than three bushels and three gallons; commonly called a comb; some make it two Droṇas or sixty-four Seers) m. the frontal globe or prominence on the upper part of the forehead of an elephant (there are two of these prominences which swell in the rutting season) &c. m. a particular part of a bed m. N. of a plant (and also of its fruit) m. the root of a plant used in medicine m. a religious exercise, viz. closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing m. the paramour of a harlot, bully, flash or fancy man m. N. of a Mantra (pronounced over a weapon) m. N. of a Dānava (a son of Prahlāda and brother of Nikumbha) m. of a Rākṣasa (son of Kumbhakarṇa) m. of the father of the nineteenth Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī m. of a monkey m. one of the thirty-four Jātakas or former births of śākya-muni m. N. of wk. kumbha m. (fr. “kumbh”) covering kumbha n. the plant Ipomoea Turpethum kumbha n. a fragrant resin (“guggulu”), or the plant which bears it kumbha n. gold kumbha n. ([cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘cymba’.]) Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch kumbha 1) m. a) “Topf, Krug” AK. 3, 4, 22, 137. H. 1019. an. 2, 306. MED. bh. 2. HĀR. 209. Ein auf as auslautendes Wort bewahrt vor kumbha im comp. sein s P. 8, 3, 46. śataṁ kumbhāṁ asiñcataṁ surāyāḥ ṚV. 1, 116, 7. 117, 6. 7, 33, 13. VS. 19, 87. bibheda giriṁ navaminna kumbham ṚV. 10, 89, 7. AV. 1, 6, 4. 3, 12, 7. 8. 4, 34, 7. 10, 8, 14. yasminkumbha ṛjīṣaṁ bhavati ŚAT. BR. 4, 4, 5, 20. 5, 5, 4, 27. 11, 5, 5, 13. KAUŚ. 136. pūrṇakumbhamapāṁ navam (prāsyeyuḥ) M. 11, 186. tasya (māṁsasya) prakṣālanārthāya kumbhāstatropakalpitāḥ N. 23, 10. aśrauṣaṁ jale kumbhasya pūryataḥ – ghoṣam DAŚ. 1, 21. mama skandhe kumbha utkṣipyatām VID. 292. BHĀG. P. 6, 18, 5. kumbhāmbhaḥ “das Wasser in einem Kruge” AMAR. 40. chidrakumbha “ein durchlöcherter Krug” R. 1, 73, 20. āmakumbha “ein ungebrannter” PAÑCAT. III, 13. hema- “aus Gold” RAGH. 2, 36. AMAR. 95. ayas- P. 8, 3, 46, Sch. jala- “Wasserkrug” PAÑCAT. 238, 16 (vgl. udakumbha). ghṛta- M. 11, 134. ghṛtakumbhasamā nārī taptāṅgārasamaḥ pumān HIT. I, 112. varjayettādṛśaṁ mitraṁ viṣakumbhaṁ payomukham 71. agnikumbha MBH. 13, 5490. kucakumbhau “zwei durch die Brüste dargestellte Krüge” ŚṚÑGĀRAT. 14. 9, v. l. Am Ende eines adj. comp. f. āḥ prāgdvāravediviniveśitapūrṇakumbhām – navopakāryām RAGH. 5, 63. VID. 289. kumbha hat auch die Bed. von “Aschenkrug, Gefäss, in welches die Todtengebeine gesammelt werden” (vgl. ŚAT. BR. 13, 8, 3, 4.), ĀŚV. GṚHY. 4, 5. KĀTY. ŚR. 25, 8, 7. ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 4, 15, 14. 13, 11, 3. 11. — b) “der Wassermann im Thierkreise” TRIK. 3, 3, 285. H. 116, Sch. H. an. MED. COLEBR. Misc. Ess. II, 369. kumbhaḥ skandhe naro riktaghaṭaṁ dadhānaḥ ŚRĪPATI in Z. f. d. K. d. M. 3, 389. Ind. St. 2, 260. 280. Vgl. kumbhadhara. — c) “ein best. Hohlmaass”: dhānyaṁ daśabhyaḥ kumbhebhyo harato ‘bhyadhikaṁ vadhaḥ M. 8, 320. Nach KULL. = 20 Droṇa, nach einer VAIDYAKAPARIBHĀṢĀ im ŚKDR. = 2 Droṇa. — d) du. “die beiden Erhöhungen auf der Stirn des Elephanten, welche zur Brunstzeit stark anschwellen”, AK. 2, 8, 2, 5. 3, 4, 22, 137. H. 1226. H. an. MED. tamāpatantaṁ tvaritaṁ gajendraṁ dhanaṁjayaḥ kumbhavibhāgamadhye. – vāṇena vivyādha MBH. 4, 2093. mattebhakumbhadalane bhuvi santi śūrāḥ BHARTṚ. 1, 58. mattebhakumbhavidalana PAÑCAT. I, 351. mattebhakumbhapariṇāhini – payodharayuge 224. kārikumbhakūṭakuhara PRAB. 3, 15. BHĀG. P. 6, 11, 10. DEV. 3, 13. — e) “eine religiöse Uebung, bei der man mit der rechten Hand die Nasenlöcher schliesst und den Athem anhält”, DHAR. im ŚKDR. Hat ihren Namen wohl von den “aufgeblasenen Backen, die den Anschein eines Kruges” oder “Topfes erhalten” (vgl. indessen JOGAT. UP. in Ind. St. 2, 50). Diese letzte Bed. hat wohl auch pūrṇakumbha MBH. 2, 903, wo es von zwei gegenüberstehenden Kämpfern heisst: urohastaṁ tataścakre pūrṇakumbhau prayujya tau. karasaṁpīḍanaṁ kṛtvā garjantau vāraṇāviva.. Vgl. kumbhaka. — f) “eine best. medic. gebrauchte Wurzel” AINSLIE 2, 362. — g) “der Liebhaber einer Buhldirne” TRIK. H. an. VIŚVA im ŚKDR. Statt kārmuke vāranāryāṁ ca MED. bh. 2 ist zu lesen: kāmuke vāranāryāśca. ŚṚÑGĀRAT. 9. Vgl. kumbhadāsī. — h) N. pr. eines Dānava, eines Sohnes von Prahlāda und Bruders von Nikumbha. MBH. 1, 2527. HARIV. 2283. 14284. eines Rākṣasa TRIK. H. an. MED. und zwar eines Sohnes von Kumbhakarṇa R. 5,79, 15. 6, 18, 17. 35, 18. in Verbindung mit Nikumbha und Kumbhakarṇa BHĀG. P. 9, 10, 18. N. pr. des Vaters des 19ten Arhant’s der gegenwärtigen Avasarpiṇī H. 38. N. pr. eines Affen R. 4, 33, 14. kumbha unter den 34 jātaka von Śākyamuni VYĀḌI zu H. 233. — i) Titel eines Werkes SĀH. D. 183, 15. — 2) f. kumbhī a) “Topf, Krug, Kochtopf” H. 1019. H. an. MED. VS. 19, 16. 27. 87. kumbhīmadhyagnau śrayāmi AV. 9, 5, 5. 6, 17. 11, 3, 11. 12, 2, 51. 3, 23. TS. 3, 2, 8, 4. 5. ŚAT. BR. 1, 1, 2, 7. 8, 1, 3. 2, 5, 3, 16. ZdmG.9, LXXV. ĀŚV. GṚHY. 4, 5. KAUŚ. 6. 61. LĀṬY. 5, 4. 14. KĀTY. ŚR. 19, 3, 20. SUŚR. 2, 397, 21. lohakumbhyaḥ MBH. 18, 85. ayaskumbhī P. 8, 3, 46, Sch. — b) “ein Gefäss zum Aufbewahren des Getraides” oder “ein best. Hohlmaass”: kuśūladhānyako vā syātkumbhīdhānyaka eva vā M. 4, 7. kuśūlakumbhīdhānyo vā YĀJÑ. 1, 128. saptakumbhīnidhāna KATHĀS. 24, 87. — c) N. verschiedener Pflanzen: a) = kaṭphala AK. 2, 4, 2, 21. H. an. MED. — b) “Bignonia suaveolens.” — g) “Pistia Stratiotes Lin.” (vāriparṇī, pṛśnikā) H. an. MED. — d) = romaśa, romāluviṭapin, parpaṭadruma, in Kokaṇa kumbhīpuṣpa. — e) “Croton polyandrum Spr.” (dantī) RĀJAN. im ŚKDR. — 3) f. kumbhā a) “Hure” ŚABDAM. im ŚKDR. — b) nom. act. von kumbh VOP. 26, 192, v. l. — 4) n. a) N. einer Pflanze, “Ipomoea Turpethum R. Br.” (trivṛt), H. an. — b) “ein best. wohlriechendes Harz” (s. guggulu) AK. 2, 4, 2, 14. H. an. MED. Nach einer anderen Trennung des Textes im AK. auch kumbholu und kumbholūkhalaka. — Vgl. aśakumbhī, udakumbha, gaṇeśa-, rikta-, śāta-, hasti-, kaumbha, kaumbhāyana, kaumbhi, kaumbheyaka, kaumbhya. kumbha 1) a) vakṣojakumbhadvaya Spr. 739. — b) VARĀH. BṚH. S.5,42. 40,3. 7. 41,7. BṚH.1,14.8,11. WEBER, JYOT. 102. Verz. d. Oxf. H. 97,b,31. — c) = āḍhaka, droṇa Verz. d. Oxf. H. 307,b,9. — d) karikumbhapīṭha Spr. 1545. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 67, 6. — e) am Schluss, NĪLAK. erklärt: grathitāṅgulibhyāṁ hastābhyāṁ paraśirasaḥ pīḍanaṁ pūrṇakumbhaḥ. — f) “eine best. Pflanze” und “deren Frucht” BHĀG. P. 10, 18, 14. — h) N. pr. eines Muni Verz. d. Oxf. H. 53,b,15. — k) “ein best. Theil des Bettstollens” VARĀH. BṚH. S.79, 29. fg. — l) Bez. “eines best. über Waffen gesprochenen Zauberspruches” R. GORR. 1, 31, 7. — 3) c) nāgadantī = kumbhā MED. t. 203. = kumbhākhyabheṣaja H. an. 4, 111. — Vgl. taptakumbha, pūrṇa-, bhadra-, vāta-, śata-, bhūkumbhī. kumbha 2) b) kumbhīdhānyanyāyena, kumbhīdhānyaḥ śrotriya ityucyate. yasya kumbhyāmeva dhānyaṁ sa kumbhīdhānyaḥ. yasya punaḥ kumbhyāṁ cānyatra ca dhānyaṁ nāsau kumbhīdhānyaḥ PAT. a. a. O.1,238,a. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 kumbha 1 I One of the three sons of Prahlāda, the other two being Virocana and Nikumbha. (Ādi Parva, Chapter 65, Verse 19). kumbha II. Son of Kumbhakarṇa, whose wife Vajrajvālā bore him two sons called Kumbha and Nikumbha. Both of them were very powerful, and Kumbha, in the Rāma-Rāvaṇa war defeated the army of monkeys on various occasions. Many of the ministers of Sugrīva tried to defeat Kumbha. Aṅgada, son of Bāli also could not stand up to him. Then Sugrīva fought against Kumbha and flung him into the sea when the water in it rose up to the level of mount Vindhya. Kumbha came ashore from the sea roaring but was fisted to death by Sugrīva. (Vālmīki Rāmāyaṇa, Yuddha Kāṇḍa, Canto 76). Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 kumbha kumbh + a (the vb. kumbh, kubh, from which this noun is derived, is lost in the corresponding signification, but cf. kubja [greek]; Engl. hump; O.H.G. hofar; Lat. cubitus, the elbow, lying, etc., cubare, concumbere, etc.; and at the end of this article. From these and other instances, we may infer that the original signification of the vb. kubh was ‘to be crooked’), I. m., and f. bhī. 1. A pot, Man. 11, 186; MBh. 18, 84. 2. A measure of grain, equal to twenty droṇas, Man. 8, 320; 4, 7. II. m. 1. dual, The two frontal globes of an elephant, which swell in the rutting season, Pañc. i. d. 351. 2. The paramour of a harlot, Śṛṅgārat. 9. 3. The name of a Dānava, MBh. 1, 2527; of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 79, 15. — Comp. agni-, m. a fire pot, MBh. 13, 5490 (he will get [in hell] a fire pot, in order to be burnt therein; cf. kumbhī-pāka). āma-, m. an unburnt earthen pot, Pañc. iii. d. 13. udakumbha, i. e. udan-, m. a water pot, Man. 2, 182. kuca-, m. a bosom like the frontal globes of an elephant, Śṛṅgārat. 9 (v. r.). tapta-, m. the name of a hell, Mārk. P. 12, 34. bhadra-, m. a golden jar filled with water from a holy place. vāta-, m. the part of an elephant’s forehead below the frontal globes. śata-, I. m. the name of a mountain. II. n. gold. — When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. is bhā, e. g. vāri- pūrita-kumbha, adj., f. bhā, Bearing jars filled with water, Kathās. 18, 339. — Cf. [greek] a vessel, [greek] etc.; Goth. hups; O.H.G. huf; A.S. hipe; O.H.G. hufila, ‘a cheek,’ hūfo and hauf, a multitude, heap; cf. supra. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 kumbha m. jar, pot (also kumbhī), funeral urn; du. the two frontal globes of an elephant, which swell in the time of rutting. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 kumbha kumbha, m. pot, jar, run (-°, a. jarshaped); a. measure of grain ( = 20 Droṇas); du. frontal protuberances of an elephant; (a)-ka, -°, a. id.; m. n. religious exercise consisting in closing the nostrils with the right hand to suspend breathing: -karṇa, m. N. of a Rākṣasa (brother of Rāvaṇa); -karṇāya, den. Ā. resemble Kumbha-karṇa (in sleeping long); -kāra, m. potter (a mixed caste); -kārikā, f. wife of a potter; -janman, m. ep. of Agastya; -dāsī, f. common prostitute; -dhānya, a. having only a potful of grain; -yoni, m. ep. of Agastya; -saṁbhava, m. id.. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 kumbha pu° kuṁ bhūmiṁ kutsitaṁ vā umbhati unbha–pūraṇe ac śaka° . 1 ghaṭe, 2 hradogabhede, 3 hastiśiraḥsthamāṁsapiṇḍadvaye, taiḥ kiṁ mattakarīndrakumbhakuhare nāropaṇīyāḥ karāḥ prasannarāghavam . 4 kumbhakarṇasya putre, 5 veśyāpatau, medi° 6 prāṇāyāmāṅge śvāsarodhake ceṣṭābhede, daśadroṇā bhavet khārī kumbhastu droṇaviṁśatirityukte 7 parimāṇabhede dhānyaṁ daśabhyaḥ kumbhebhyoharato’bhyadhikaṁ badhaḥ manuḥ . jyotiṣaprasiddhe meṣāvadhike 8 ekādaśarāśau ca . 9 guggulau, 10 trivṛti ca na° . tatraghaṭārthakakumbhalakṣaṇamuktaṁ hemā° dā° paribhāṣāpra° viṣṇudharmottare haimarājatatāmrā vā mṛṇmayā lakṣaṇānvitāḥ . yātrodvāhapratiṣṭhādau kumbhāḥ syurabhiṣecane . pañcāśāṅgulavaipulyā utsedhaṣoḍaśāṅgulāḥ . dvādaśāṅgulakaṁ mūlaṁ mukhamaṣṭāṅgulaṁ bhavet . pañcāśāṅguleti āśā diśaḥ, tāśca, daśasaṁkhyāvācakatvena jyotiḥśāstrādau prasiddhāḥ pañca ca āśāśca pañcāśāḥ tāvanti aṅgulāni vaipulyaṁ yeṣāṁ te tathābhūtāḥ . madhyapradeśe tiryagmānena pañcadaśāṅgulā ityarthaḥ . athavā bāhyapradeśe balayākṛtinā sūtreṇa nīyamānā madhyasthāne pañcāśadaṅgulā ityarthaḥ . asmin pakṣe pañcāśāṅguleti chāndasaḥ prayogaḥ hemā° . tāntrikamānantu tantrasā° gautamīye haimaṁ raupya tathā tāmraṁ mārtikyaṁ vā svaśaktitaḥ . vittaśāṭhyaṁ na kurvīta kṛte niṣphalamāpnuyāt . ṣaṭtriṁśadaṅgulaṁ kumbhaṁ vistāro nnatiśālinam . ṣoḍaśaṁ dvādaśaṁ vāpi tatonyūnaṁ na kārayet . prāṇāyāmāṅgakumbhakaparakumbhaprakāraḥ vidhā° pā° uktoyathā kumbhakaḥ pūrakorecaḥ prāṇāyāmastrilakṣaṇaḥ . pūrakaṁ pūraṇaṁ vāyoḥ, kumbhakaḥ sthāpanaṁ kvacit . bahirniḥsāraṇaṁ tasya recakaḥ parikīrtitaḥ . dakṣiṇe recayedvāyuṁ vāmena pūritodaraḥ . kumbhena dhārayennityaṁ prāṇāyāmaṁ vidurbudhāḥ . aṅgaṣṭhena puṭaṁ grāhyaṁ nāsāyā dakṣiṇaṁ punaḥ . kaniṣṭhānāmikābhyāñca vāsaṁ prāṇasya saṁgrahe . aṅguṣṭhatarjanībhyāntu ṛgvedī sāmagāyanaḥ . aṅguṣṭhānāmikābhyāṁ tu grāhyaṁ sarvairatharvabhiḥ yājña° dakṣiṇe recakaṁ kuryāt vāmenāpūrya codaram . kumbhakena japaṁ kuryāt prāṇāyāmasya lakṣaṇam śaṅkhyaḥ . vivṛtametat pāta° sū° bhāṣyavivaraṇeṣu yathā tasmin sati śvāsapraśvāsayorgativicchedaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ sū° satyāsanajaye bāhyasya bāyorācamanaṁ śvāsaḥ . koṣṭhasya vāyorniḥsāraṇaṁ praśvāsaḥ tayorgativiccheda ubhayābhāvaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ bhāṣyam āsanānantaraṁ tatpūrbakatāṁ prāṇāyāmasya darśayan tallakṣaṇamāha recakapūrakakumbhakeṣvasti śvāsapraśvāsayorgativiccheda iti prāṇāyāmasāmānyalakṣaṇametaditi tathāhi yatra bāhyavāyurācamyāntardhāryate pūrake . tatrāpi śvāsapraśvāsayīrgativicchedaḥ yatrāpi koṣṭhovāyurvirecya vahirdhāryate recake tatrāsti śvāsapraśvāsayorgativicchedaḥ evaṁ kummake’pi iti tadetadbhāṣye ṇīcyate . satyāsa neti vācaspativivaraṇam . vāhyābhyantarastammavṛttirdeśakālasaṁṅkhyābhiḥ paridṛṣṭodīrghasūkṣmaḥ sū0 yatra praśvāsapūrbako gatyabhāvaḥ sa ābhyantaraḥ tṛtīyastambhavṛttiryatrobhayābhāvaḥ sakṛtprayatnād bhavati yathā tapte nyastamupale jalaṁ sarvataḥ saṅgocamāpadyate . tathā dvayoryugapadgatyabhāvaiti trayo’pyete deśena paridṛṣṭāḥ, iyānasya viṣayo deśa iti kālena paridṛṣṭāḥ kṣaṇānāmiyattāvadhāraṇenāvacchinnā ityarthaḥ . saṅkhyābhiḥ paridṛṣṭāḥ etāpadbhiḥ śvāsapraśvāsaiḥ prathama udghāta stadvannigṛhītasyaitāvadbhiḥ dvitīya udghātaḥ evaṁ tṛtīya evaṁ mṛdurevaṁ madhya evaṁ tīvra iti saṅkhyāparidṛṣṭaḥ sa khatvayamevamabhyasto dīrghasūkṣmaḥ bhāṣyam prāṇāyāmaviśeṣatrayalakṣaṇaparaṁ sūtramavatārayati yatreti . vṛttiśabdaḥ pratyekaṁ saṁbadhyate . recakamāha yatra paśvāseti . pūrakamāha yatra śvāseti . kumbhakamāha tṛtīya iti . tadeva sphuṭayati yatrobhayoḥ śvāsapraśvāsayoḥ sakṛdeva vidhārakāt prayatnādabhāvo bhavati na punaḥ pūrbavadāpūraṇaprayatnaudhapravidhārakaprayatno nāpi recakaprayatnauvavidhāraṇaprayatno’pekṣyate kintu yathā tapte upale nihitaṁ jalaṁ pariśuṣyat sarvataḥ saṁkocamāpadyate evamayamapi māruto vahanaśīlo balavadvidhārakaprayatnaniruddhakriyaḥ śarīraeva sūkṣmībhūto’vatiṣṭhate na tu pūrayati yena pūrakaḥ, na tu recayati yena recaka iti . iyānasya deśo viṣayaḥ pradeśaḥ . vitastihastādiparimito nivāte pradeśe īśīkātūlādikriyānumito bāhya eva nāntarī’pyāpādatalamāmastakaṁ pipīlikāsparśasadṛśenānumitaḥ sparśananimeṣakriyāvacchinnasya kālasya caturtho bhāgaḥ kṣaṇasteṣāmiyattāvadhāraṇenāvacchinnā svajānumaṇḍalaṁ pāṇinā triḥ parāmṛśya choṭikāvacchinnaḥ kālomātrā . tābhiḥ ṣaṭ triṁśanmātrābhiḥ parimitaḥ prathama udghāto mandaḥ . sa eva dviguṇīkṛto dvitoyomadhyamaḥ sa eva triguṇīkṛtastatīya stīvraḥ tamamimaṁ saṅkhyāparidṛṣṭaṁ prāṇāyāmamāha saṅkhyābhiriti . svasthasya hi puṁsaḥ śvāsapraśvāsakriyāvacchinnena kālena yathoktaṁ choṭikākālasamānaḥ prathamodghātakarmatāṁ nītaḥ udghāto vijito vaśīkṛto nigṛhītaḥ kṣaṇānāmiyattākālo vivakṣitaḥ śvāsa praśvāseyattāsaṁ khyeti kathañcidbhedaḥ . sa khalvayaṁ pratyahamabhyasto divasapakṣamāsādikrameṇa deśakālapracayavyāpitayā dīrghaḥ paramanaipuṇyaṁ samadhigamanīyaḥ tayā ca sūkṣmo natu mandatayā viva° bāhyābhyantaraviṣayākṣepī caturthaḥ sūtram deśakālasaṅkyābhirvāhyaviṣayaḥ paridṛṣṭa ākṣiptaḥ . tathābhyantaraviṣayaḥ paridṛṣṭa ākṣiptaḥ . ubhayathā dīrghasūkṣma tatpūrvako bhūmijayāt . krameṇobhayorgatyabhāvaścaturthaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ . tṛtīyastu viṣayonālocito gatyabhāvaḥ sakṛdārabdha eva deśakālasaṣṭyābhiḥ paridṛdo dīrghasūkṣmaścaturthastu śvāsapraśvāsayorviṣayāvadhāraṇāt kraseṇa bhūmijayādubhayākṣepapūrbako gatyabhāvacaturthaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ ityayaṁ viśeṣaiti bhāṣyam evaṁ trayoviśeṣā lakṣitāḥ caturthaṁ lakṣayati bāhyeti vyācaṣṭe deśakālasaṅkhyāmiriti ākṣiptotbhyāsavaśīkṛtādūpādavaropitaḥ so’pi dīrghasūkṣma evaṁ tatpūrvako bāhyābhyantaraviṣayaḥ prāṇāyāmo deśakālasaṁkhyādarśana pūrbakaḥ, na cāsau caturthaḥ tṛtīyaiva sakṛtprayatnādahnāya jāyate kintvabhyasyamānastāṁ tāmavasthāmāpannaḥ tattadavasthā vijayānukrameṇa bhavatītyāha bhūmijayāditi . nanūbhayorgatyabhāvastambhavṛttāvapyastīti ko’smādasya viśeṣa ityata āha . tṛtīya iti anālocanapūrva sakṛtprayatnanirvarti tastṛtīyaścaturthastvālocanapūrvobahuprayatnanirvartanīya iti viśeṣaḥ . tayoḥ pūrakarecakayorviṣayo nālocito’ya tu deśakālasaṅkhyābhirālocita ityarthaḥ vivaraṇam tataḥ kṣīyate prakāśāvaraṇan sū° prāṇāyāmamabhyasyato’sya yoginaḥ kṣīyate vivekajñānāvaraṇīyaṁ karma yattadācakṣate . mahāmohabhayena indrajālena prakāśaśīlaṁ satvamāvṛtya tadevākārye niyuṅkte iti tadasya prakāśāvaraṇaṁ karma saṁsāranibandhanaṁ prāṇāyāmābhyāsāt durbalaṁ bhavati pratikṣaṇaṁ ca kṣīyate . tathācoktam tapo na paraṁ prāṇāyāmāttato viśuddhirmalānāṁ dīptiśca jñānasyeti kiñca dhāraṇāsu ca yogyatā manasaḥ prāṇāyāmābhyāsādeva . pracchardanavidhāraṇābhyāṁ vā prāṇasyeti vacanāt bhāṣyam prāṇāyāmasyāvāntaraprayojanamāha tataiti . āvriyate’nena buddhisatvaprakāśaityāvaraṇaṁ kleśaḥ pāpmā ca . vyācaṣṭe prāṇāyāmamiti . jñāyate’neneti jñānaṁ buddhisatvaprakāśaḥ vivekasya jñānaṁ vivekajñānamāvṛṇotīti vivekajñānāvaraṇīyaṁ bhavyoyapravacanīyādīnāṁ kartari nipātanasya pradarśanārthatvāt kopanīyarañjanīyavat atrāpi kartari kṛtyapratyayaḥ . karmaśabdena tajjanyamapuṇyaṁ tatkāraṇaṁ kleśaṁ lakṣayati atraivāgamināmanumatimāha yattadācakṣata iti . mahāmohorāgaḥ tadavinirbhāgavartinyavidyā’pi tadgrahaṇena gṛhyate . akāryamavarmaḥ . nanu prāṇāyāmaścet pāṣmānaṁ kṣiṇoti kṛtaṁ tarhi taprasetyataāha durbalaṁ bhavatīti na tu sarvathā kṣīyate atastatprakṣayāya tapo’pekṣyāte iti atrāpyāgamināmanumatimāha tathā coktamiti . manurapyāha prāṇāyāmairdaheddoṣāniti prāṇāyāmasya yogāṅgatā viṣṇupurāṇoktā prāṇākhyamanilaṁ vaśyamabhyāsāt kurute tu yaḥ . praṇāyāmaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ savījo’vījaeva ca . paraspareṇābhibhavaṁ prāṇāpānau yadā’nilau . kurutastadvidhānena tṛtīyaṁ saṁyamāttayoḥ iti kiñca vyāsaḥ prāṇāyāmohi manaḥ sthirīkurvan dhāraṇāsu yogyaṁ karoti vivaraṇam prāṇāyāmaśabde vivṛtiḥ kumbhamānamuktaṁ hemā° dā° kha° paribhāṣāprakaraṇe bhaviṣyapurāṇe paladvayaṁtu prasṛtaṁ dviguṇaṁ kuḍavo mataḥ . caturmiḥkuḍavaiḥ prasthaḥ prasthāścatvāra āḍhakaḥ . āḍhakaistaiścaturbhiśca droṇastu kathitobudhaiḥ . kumbho droṇadvayaṁ śūrpaḥ khārī droṇāstu ṣoḍaśa . viṣṇu dharmottare palañca kuḍavaḥ prastha āḍhako droṇa eva ca . dhānyamāneṣu boddhavyāḥ kramaśo’mī caturguṇāḥ . droṇaiḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ khārī viṁśatyā kumbhaucyate . kumbhaistu daśabhirvādho dhānyasaṁkhyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ . vaidyakaparibhāṣāyāṁ karṣaśabde darśitaṁ caturbhirāḍhakairdroṇaḥ kalasonulvaṇo’rmaṇaḥ . unmānañca ghaṭorāśirdroṇaparyāya saṁjñitaḥ . droṇābhyāṁ śūrpakumbhau ca catuḥṣaṣṭiśarāvakaḥ bhāva° pra° vākyam . kumbharāśistu dhaniṣṭhāśeṣārdhaśatabhiṣāpūrvabhādrapadātripādādmakaḥ sa ca 360 aṁśairvibhaktasya rāśicakrasya 300 triśatottaratriṁśadaṁśātmakaḥ . tasya svarūpādikamuktaṁ nīla° tā° kumbho’pado nā dinamadhyasaṅgaprasūḥ sthiraḥ karvūravarṇavāyuḥ . sigdhoṣṇakhaṇḍa svaratulyadhātuḥ śūdraḥ pratīcī viṣamodayaśca . tasya svāmī śaniḥ . sa ca sthirarāśiḥ carasthiradvyātmakanāmadheyā meṣādayo’mī kramaśaḥ pradiṣṭā ityukteḥ . sa ca puṣkarākhyaḥ puṇyaśca puṣkaraścaiva ādhānākhyastathaiva ca . śruthāvṛttyā bhavantyete nityaṁ dvādaśa rāśayaḥ jyo° ta° . sa ca dvipadarāśiḥ . mithunatulāghaṭakanyā dvipadākhyāścāpapūrvabhāgaśca tatrokteḥ dvipadavaśagāḥ sarve sihaṁ vihāya catuṣpadāḥ, salilanilayā vaśyā bhakṣyāḥ sarosṛpajātayaḥ tatraivokteḥ tadrāśeḥ siṁhaṁ vinā sarve rāśayovaśyā jalajarā bhakṣyāḥ . sa ca rāhormūlatrikoṇam . uccaṁ nṛyugmaṁ ghaṭabhaṁ trikoṇam ityukteḥ . tatra tulādito navāṁṇā grāhāḥ carāṇāṁ satrikoṇānāṁ taccarādyā navāṁśakā ityukteḥ kumbhāpekṣayā tulārāśernavamatvāttasya caratvācca tathātvam tasya laṅkāyāmudayamānaṁ udayaśabde 1130 pṛ° darśitam . deśabhede tu bhinnakāleneti lagnakālaśabde vivṛtiḥ . 11 prahlādaputrabhede prahlādasya trayaḥ putrāḥ khyātāḥ sarvatra bhārata! . viśeṣataśca kumbhaśca nikumbhaiti nāmataḥ bhā° ā° 65 a° prahlādo’śvaśirāḥ kumbhaḥ saṁhrādoga ganapriyaḥ harivaṁ° 42 a0 |
कुशावर्त – kuśāvarta | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuśāvarta m. N. of a Tīrtha or passage of the Ganges
m. N. of a son of ṛiṣabha m. of a Muni kuśāvarta m. pl. the family of that Muni Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch kuśāvarta (kuśa + āvarta) m. N. pr. eines Tīrtha: gaṅgādvāre kuśāvarte vilvake nīlaparvate. tathā kanakhale snātvā dhūtapāpmā divaṁ vrajet.. MBH. 13, 1700. kuśāvarta āsīnam BHĀG. P. 3, 20, 4 (BURNOUF: “au passage du Gange”). Personif. ein Sohn Ṛṣabha’s ebend. 5, 4, 10. kuśāvarta Verz. d. Oxf. H. 64,a,39. = gaṅgādvāra Schol. zu BHĀG. P. 3, 20, 4. N. pr. eines Muni Verz. d. Oxf. H. 18,b,8. pl. “sein Geschlecht” 19,a,22. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 kuśāvarta 1 I Son of King Ṛṣabha, Kuśāvarta had nineteen brothers, viz. Bharata, Ilāvarta, Brahmāvarta, Āryāvarta, Malaya, Bhadraketu, Sena, Indraspṛk, Vidarbha, Kīkaṭa, Kavi, Hari, Antarīkṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana, Āvirhotra, Dramiḍa, Camasa and Karabhājana. (Bhāgavata, 5th Skandha). kuśāvarta 2 II A holy place in ancient Indra. (Anuśāsana Parva, Chapter 25, Verse 13). Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 kuśāvarta pu° kuśasya jalasyāvartoyatra . gaṅgāvatāratīrthe gaṅgā dvāre kuśāvarte vilvake nīlaparvate . tathā kaṇakhale sātvā dhūtapāpmā divaṁ vrajet bhā° ānu° 1700 ślo° . upagamya kuśāvarta āsīnaṁ tattvavittamam bhāga° 3 . 20 . 5 . kuśāvarte gaṅgādvāre śrīdharaḥ . 2 bharatanṛpaputrabhede . tamanu kurśāvarta ilāvarto brahmāvarto malayaḥ keturbhadrasena indraspṛgvidarbhaḥ kīkaṭa iti nava navatipradhānāḥ bhāga° 5 . 4 . 10 . tadrājyatvāt kuśāvartasya tatsaṁjñatvam . |
कृतार्घ – kṛtārgha | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṛtārgha mfn. received or welcomed by the Argha offering
kṛtārgha m. N. of the nineteenth Arhat of the past Utsarpiṇī (v.l. “kṛtārtha”). Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch kṛtārgha (kṛta + argha) m. N. pr. des 19ten Arhant’s der vergangenen Utsarpiṇī H. 52. Var. l.: kṛtārtha. |
दश – daśa | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899daśa ifc. for “-śā” (“ajpa-, udag-” &c.)
daśa ifc. (“tri-, dvi-, nir-“) and in comp. for “-śan” (“as”) f. pl. “Decads”, N. of 10 Jain texts (“upāsaka-“. &c.) consisting of 10 chs. each. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch daśa gaṇa saṁkāśādi zu P. 4, 2, 80. 1) am Ende eines comp. = daśan (s. tridaśa, dvidaśa, nirdaśa); ausserhalb der comp. in der Stelle: daśairekādaśa dāśā daśārhāḥ MBH. 3, 10667; vgl. saptadaśeṣu = -daśasu MBH. 3, 15649. — 2) am Ende eines adj. comp. = daśā. daśa 1) MBH. 3, 10667 liest die ed. Bomb. daśairakā daśa dāsā daśārhāḥ; NĪLAK.: ā samantādīrayanti upadiśanti tattvamityerakāstattvadarśina upadeṣṭāraḥ. Es ist wohl daśerakāḥ zu lesen als N. eines Volkes, in welchem Worte der Dichter die Zahl “zehn” annimmt wie in daśārhāḥ. Vielleicht ist auch daśadāsa als N. eines Volkes aufzufassen. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 daśa daśa, 1. instead of daśan, Ten, MBh. 3, 15649. 2. = daśama when latter part of a comp. numeral; cf. aṣṭādaśa, dvādaśa, tridaśa. nava-daśa, i. e. navan-, f. śī, Nineteenth. pañcadaśa, i. e. pañcan-, f. śī, 1. Fifteenth. 2. f. śī, The fifteenth day of a half month. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 daśa (–°) = daśan. Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the 1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967 daśa i ka tviṣi . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (curāṁparaṁ-akaṁ-seṭ . i ka, daṁśayati . tviṣi dīptau . iti durgādāsaḥ .. daśa i ka ṅa darśe . daṁśane . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (curāṁ-ātmaṁ- sakaṁ-seṭ .) i ka ṅa, daṁśayate . darśo darśanam . iti durgādāsaḥ .. daśa [n] tri, (daṁśayati dīpyate iti . danśi + bāhulakāt kanin . danśa daṁśane . na lopaḥ . ityujjvaladattaḥ . 1 . 156 .) saṁkhyāviśeṣaḥ . dviguṇitapañca 10 . (yathā, mahābhārate . 3 . 134 . 17 . diśo daśoktāḥ puruṣasya loke sahasramāhurdaśapūrṇaṁ śatāni . daśaiva māsān bibhrati garbhavatyo daśairakā daśa dāśā daśārhāḥ ..) daśavācakāni yathā . hastāṅguliḥ 1 śambhuvāhuḥ 2 rāvaṇamastakam 3 kṛṣṇāvatāraḥ 4 dik 5 viśvadevaḥ 6 avasthā 7 candrāśvaḥ 8 paṁktiḥ 9 . iti kavikalpalatā .. bahuvacanānto’yaṁ śabdaḥ . tatsaṁkhyāviśiṣṭaḥ . ityamaraḥ . 2 . 6 . 91 .. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 daśa dīptau cu° ubha° aka° seṭ idit . daṁśayati–te adadaṁśat–ta . daśa daṁśane curā° ātma° saka° seṭ idit . daṁśayate adadaṁśata |
नवदश – navadaśa | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899navadaśa “nava-daśa” mf (“ī”) n. the 19th
mf (“ī”) n. consisting of 19 Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch navadaśa (von navadaśan) adj. 1) “der neunzehnte” R. 3. 5 und 6 in den Unterschrr. der Sarga. — 2) “aus neunzehn bestehend”: stoma VS. 14, 23. PAÑCAV. BR. 19, 18, 3. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 navadaśa a. the 19th or consisting of 19. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 navadaśa pu° nava ca daśa ca saṁkhyā’sya ḍaṭ . unaviṁśatisaṁkhyāyukte pratūrtiraṣṭādaśastaṣo navadaśaḥ yaju° 14 . 23 taporūpo navadaśaḥ stīmaḥ yadvā saṁvatsarastapaḥ śītoṣṇavarṣaistapatīti sa navadaśaḥ dvādaśa māsāḥ ṣaḍṛtavaḥ saṁvatsara iti tadrūpo’si vedadī° . ya eva navadaśastomastaṁ tadupadadhātyatho saṁvatsarovāva tapo navadaśastasya dvādaśa māsāḥṣaḍṛtavaḥ saṁvatsara eva tapo navadaśastadyattamāha tapati tadeva tadrūpam śata° brā° 8 . 4 . 1 . 14 |
नवदशन् – navadaśan | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899navadaśan “nava-daśan” or (“nava”.)
navadaśan “nava-daśan” mfn. pl. 19 Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch navadaśan (navan + da-) “neunzehn”: navadaśa VS. 18, 14. -daśabhiḥ 14, 30. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 navadaśan a. nineteen. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 navadaśan nava-daśan (or an), a. pl. 19. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 navadaśan tri° navādhikā daśa . (uniśa) 1 saṁkhyāyāṁ 2 tatsaṁkhyāyukte ca . |
नवन् – navan | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899navan pl. (nom. acc. “rava”; instr. “navabhis” abl. dat. “-bhyas” loc. “-
su”; Class, also “navabhis, -bhyas, -su”; gen. “navānām” ‘navan’; Gk. [greek] for [characters] fr [characters] ‘fa’ Lat., ‘novem’; Goth. and Old HGerm. ‘niun’, OSax. and Angl. Sax. ‘nigun’, NHGerm. ‘neun’, Eng. ‘nine’.] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 navan num. a. (always pl.) Nine; navatiṁ navādhikāṁ R. 3. 69; see comp. below. (At the beginning of comp. navan drops its final n). — Comp. –aśītiḥ f. eighty-nine. –arcis m., –dīdhetiḥ the planet Mars. –kṛtvas ind. nine times. –grahāḥ (m. pl.) the nine planets; see under graha. –catvāriṁśa a. forty-ninth. –catvāriṁśat f. forty-nine. –chidraṁ, –dvāraṁ the body (having nine apertures; see kha). — triṁśa a. thirty-ninth. –triṁśan f. thirty nine. –daśa a. nineteenth. –daśat pl. nineteen. –durgā Durgā in her nine forms. –navatiḥ f. ninetynine. –nidhi m. pl. the nine treasures of Kubera, i. e. mahapadmaśca padmaśca śakho makarakacchapau . mukuṁdakuṁdanīlāśca kharvaśca nidhayo nava … –paṁcāśa a. fifty-ninth. –paṁcāśat f. fifty-nine. –ratnaṁ 1. the nine precious jewels; i. e. muktāmāṇikyavaidūryagomedā vajravidrumau . padmarāgo marakataṁ nīlaścati yathākramaṁ … –2. ‘the nine gems’ or poets at the court of king Vikramāditya: — dhanvaṁtarikṣapaṇakāmarasiṁhaśaṁkuvetālabhaṭṭaghaṭakarparakālidās āḥ . khyāto varāhamihiro nṛpateḥ sabhāyāṁ ratnāni vai vararucirnava vikramasya … –rasāḥ (m. pl.) the nine sentiments in poetry; see under aṣṭarasa and rasa also. –rātraṁ 1. a period of nine days. –2. the first nine days of the month of Aśvina held sacred to Durgā. –viṁśa a. twenty-ninth. –viṁśatiḥ f. twenty-nine. –vidha a. ninefold, of nine kinds or sorts. –vyūhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. –śataṁ 1 one hundred and nine. –2. nine hundred. –śāyakaḥ N. given to nine inferior tribes; they are; –gopo mālī tathā tailī taṁtrī modakavārujī . kulālaḥ karmakāraśca nāpito navaśāyakāḥ … Parāśara. –ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-nine. –saptatiḥ seventy-nine. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch navan UJJVAL. zu UṆĀDIS. 1, 156. ŚĀNT. 2, 5. nava, navabhis, navabhyas, navasu (in der nachvedischen Sprache auch navabhis, navabhyas, navasu), navānām P. 6, 1, 177. 180. 181. “neun” ṚV. 3, 9, 9. 10, 27, 15. AV. 11, 7, 14. 13, 4, 10. nava prāṇānnavabhiḥ saṁ mimīte 5, 28, 1. nava vai puruṣe prāṇāḥ TS. 3, 5, 10, 2. ŚAT. BR. 6, 3, 1, 21. 13, 2, 8, 5. navakapāla 3, 4, 1, 15. navākṣara ebend. VS.9, 33. navāratni ŚAT. BR. 3, 6, 4, 21. – M. 3, 269. 11, 2. RAGH. 3, 69. BHĀG. P. 5, 4, 10. Ueber “neunundneunzig” s. u. navati. — Vgl. triṇavan. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 navan navan, cardinal number, adj. Nine, Man. 3, 269. — Cf. Goth. and O.H.G. niun; A.S. nigan; [greek] Lat. novem. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 navan a. nine. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 navan navan (or an), num. nine. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 navan tri° ba° va° . nṛ–kanin bā° guṇaḥ . 1 saṁkhyābhede (naya) saṁkhyāyāṁ 2 tadyukte ca . |
मूल – mūla | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mūla n. (or m. g. “ardharcādi”; ifc. f. “ā” or “ī”; prob. for 3. “mūra” see
above ) “firmly fixed”, a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the foot or lowest part or bottom of anything) &c. &c. (“mūlaṁ” “kṛ” or “bandh”, to take or strike root) n. a radish or the root of various other plants (esp. of Arum Campanulatum, of long pepper, and of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus) n. the edge (of the horizon) n. immediate neighbourhood (“mama mūtam” = to my side) n. basis, foundation, cause, origin, commencement, beginning (“mūlād ārabhya” or “ā” “mūlāt”, from the beginning; “mūlāt”, from the bottom, thoroughly; “mūlaṁ” “kramataś ca”, right through from beginning &c. (ibc.= chief principal cf. below; ifc. = rooted in, based upon, derived from) n. a chief or principal city n. capital (as opp. to “interest”) n. an original text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss) n. a king’s original or proper territory n. a temporary (as opp. to the rightful) owner n. an old or hereditary servant, a native inhabitant n. the square root n. a partic. position of the fingers (= “mūta-bandha”) n. a copse, thicket n. also m. and (“ā”) f. N. of the 17th (or 19th) lunar mansion &c. &c. mūla m. herbs for horses, food mūla m. N. of Sadā-śiva mūla mfn. original, first mūla n. = “nija”, own, proper, peculiar Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch mūla (mūla UṆĀDIS. 4, 108) m. n. gaṇa ardharcādi zu P.2,4,31. SIDDH. K. 250,a,8. MED. l. 45. Am Ende eines adj. comp. f. ā (in übertragener Bedeutung, wie es scheint, stets ā) und ī P. 4, 1, 64. VOP. 4, 15. Am Ende eines adv. comp. -mūlam P. 6, 2, 121. 1) n. “Wurzel” eig. (AK. 2, 4, 1, 12. 3, 4, 16, 202. H. 1121. an. 2, 506. fg. MED. l. 45. HALĀY. 2, 28. 5, 23) und übertragen, “Grundlage” (= parigraha AK. 3, 4, 31, 239), “Ausgangspunkt, Anfang” (AK. 3, 4, 26, 202. MED. H. an., wo pārśvādyayoruḍau zu lesen ist), tredhā mūlaṁ yātudhānasya vṛśca ṚV. 10, 87, 10. AV. 6, 13, 3. 14, 2. 7, 74, 1. 19, 32, 3. oṣadhyāste mūlaṁ mā hiṁsiṣam VS. 1, 25. 22, 28. ŚAT. BR. 1, 2, 5, 8. 14, 6, 9, 33. KĀTY. ŚR. 7, 1, 19. 2, 6, 9. 46. pāpmanaḥ ŚAT. BR. 8, 5, 1, 13. mūlaṁ vā etadyajñasya yattūṣṇīṁśaṁsaḥ AIT. BR. 2, 32. ŚAT. BR. 1, 4, 4, 9. fgg. śāktyo vā mūlam “Ausgangspunkt” ĀŚV. ŚR. 12, 2. mūlaphala ŚĀÑKH. GṚHY. 4, 7. eka- ĀŚV. GṚHY. 1, 22, 21. agrāṇi mūlāni madhyāni GOBH. 1, 8, 28. KAUŚ. 3. 11. 14. — rātrau ca vṛkṣamūlāni dūrataḥ parivarjayet M. 4, 73. 6, 26. 44. 11, 78. 128. MBH. 3, 2373. ŚĀK. 179. VIKR. 41. Spr. 2231. mūlaṁ manujādhipatiḥ prajātaroḥ VARĀH. BṚH. S. 48, 1. 55, 13. 22. 76, 4. 9. vṛkṣāgramadhyamūleṣu 86, 73. āmūlaskandhaliptānām 55, 7. mūlāni ca phalāni ca M. 3, 227. 82. 267. 4, 29. 247. 5, 10. 157. 6, 5. 15. 7, 131. 10, 87. MBH. 1, 5889. 3, 2307. 12, 4256. 4262. R. 1, 9, 31. KATHĀS. 9, 62. UTTARARĀMAC. 25, 9. BRAHMA-P. in LA. (II) 49, 8. “die Wurzel von Arum campanulatum Roxb.” ŚABDAC. im ŚKDR. “die Wurzel vom langen Pfeffer” und “von Costus speciosus” oder “arabicus” RĀJAN. ebend. mūlaṁ kar “Wurzeln schlagen, festen Fuss fassen”: tālavatkurute mūlaṁ bālaḥ śatrurupekṣitaḥ Spr. 1022. (śrīḥ) dākṣyāttu kurute mūlam 5087. yāvanna kṛtamūlāste pāṇḍaveyāḥ MBH. 1, 7426. 2, 244. Spr. 3169. – niṣecana BHĀG. P. 4, 31, 14. 8, 9, 29. nocchidyādātmano mūlaṁ pareṣāṁ cātitṛṣṇayā. ucchindya hyātmano mūlamātmānaṁ tāṁśca pīḍayet.. M. 7, 139. karturmūlāni kṛntati Spr. 1529. 4739. R. 6, 39, 21. kaṇṭakasya ca bhagnasya dantasya calitasya ca. amātyasya ca duṣṭasya mūlāduddharaṇaṁ varam.. Spr. 586. mūlādeva hi hantavyo so ‘narthaḥ HARIV. 3213. mūleṣvapi na tiṣṭhati Spr. 3165. sarvasya tapaso mūlamācāraṁ jagṛhuḥ param M. 1, 110. vedo ‘khilo dharmamūlam M. 2, 6. 11. dharmasya brāhmaṇo mūlamagraṁ rājanya ucyate 11, 83. chinnaṁ mūlamanarthānām MBH. 1, 1615. duḥkha- 6122. 7876. dharmaṁ śubhaṁ vāpyaśubhaṁ rājamūlāt (rājamūlaṁ adj. ed. Bomb. 50, 10) pravartate R. 3, 56, 19. hetumātraṁ tu rāmo vai jayamūlaṁ vibhīṣaṇaḥ 6, 95, 55. bhāryā mūlaṁ trivargasya bhāryā mūlaṁ tu saṁtateḥ (tariṣyataḥ v. l.) Spr. 230. 1933. viśvāsaḥ saṁpadāṁ mūlam 2857. 4658. 5152. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 78, 14. UTTARARĀMAC. 3, 3. saṁkalpamūlaḥ kāmaḥ “wurzelnd in, hervorgehend aus” M. 2, 3. jñānamūlāṁ kriyām 4, 24. MBH. 1, 1607. 13, 5788. R. 2, 81, 6. Spr. 1293. 4261. 4981. 5152. MĀRK. P. 24, 22. DAŚAK. in BENF. Chr. 183, 12. SĀH. D. 5, 4. 24. mūlādārabhya sarvaṁ prāgvṛttāntaṁ nyavedayat “von Anfang an” PAÑCAT. 49, 1. ā mūlācchrotumicchāmi ŚĀK. 14, 19. KATHĀS. 22, 98. 25, 195. 27, 3. 32, 130. 68, 61. 71, 58. 228. mūlāt “von Grund aus” (Jmd kennen lernen) Schol. zu ŚĀK. 11, 16. āmūlamīkṣitam “bis auf den Grund, ganz genau” KATHĀS. 32, 83. tatra mūlaṁ mṛgyam “das Ursprüngliche, Richtige” SIDDH.K. zu P.1,2,6. — 2) n. überh. “dasjenige Ende eines Dinges, mit dem es an Etwas befestigt ist; Wurzel” (in uneigentlicher Bed.), “Fuss, Basis; der untere Theil” überh. (Gegens. agra): mūrdhajānām VARĀH. BṚH. S. 68, 82. veṇī- 51, 40. dantasya 79, 20 = BṚH. 94, 1. danta- (s. bes.), daṁṣṭrā- VARĀH. BṚH. S. 81, 23. saviṣāṇaṁ bhujaṁ mūle khaḍgena nirakṛntata MBH. 3, 15736. bāhoḥ VARĀH. BṚH. S. 58, 26. bāhu- (s. auch bes.) Spr. 777. SĀH. D. 59, 11. dormūla TRIK. 3, 3, 435. H. 589. aṅguṣṭha-, aṅguli- M. 2, 59. YĀJÑ. 1, 19. RAGH. 7, 10. AK. 2, 7, 50. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 68, 42. 49. 70, 13. 14. H. 840. hanu- VS. PRĀT. 1, 83. AV. PRĀT. 1, 20. kapola- so v. a. “Backenknochen” Spr. 3235. karṇa- (s. auch bes.) AK. 2, 8, 2, 6. śrotra- R. 1, 9, 38. puccha- AK. 3, 4, 1, 6. BHĀG. P. 5, 23, 5. pakṣa- (s. bes.). nābhī- VARĀH. BṚH. S. 50, 13. śailasya “Fuss eines Berges” HARIV. 3953. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 54, 102. RĀJA-TAR. 2, 164. papāta (papātā Schol.) mūlataḥ śrīmānsuparvā nandaparvataḥ “(der als Berg gedachte Fürst” Nanda nach dem Schol.) KĀM. NĪTIS. 1, 4. śūla- RĀJA-TAR. 2, 85. vāsayaṣṭeḥ MEGH. 77. āśramatoraṇa- VARĀH. BṚH. S. 44, 16. 43, 64. 50, 8. 56, 25. 58, 53. KATHĀS. 71, 60. netramūlasrotas SUŚR. 2, 234, 5. vīṇāyāḥ “das untere (dem Körper näher liegende) Ende” H. 291. beim Sonnenschirm “der an den Ueberzug stossende Theil” VARĀH. BṚH. S. 73, 2. “der äusserste Rand”: ghanā ghanamūlāḥ 30, 18. prācīmūle “am Rande des Horizonts im Osten” MEGH. 87. “Grund, Boden”: mūlaṁ yāti sarojalasya KUVALAJ. 76,a. yātaḥ pātālamūlam Spr. 2462. vardhayantaśca koṣamūlam R. 1, 7, 7. pañcabuddhyādimūlām(?) ŚVETĀŚV. UP. 1, 5. — 3) n. “unmittelbare Nähe” TRIK. 3, 3, 404. H. an. MED. bhavantāvapi ca kṣipraṁ mama mūlamupeṣyathaḥ (so die ed. Bomb.; mūlam = samīpam Schol.) so v. a. “zu mir” R. 2, 64, 47. prayāhi – mūlaṁ śumbhaniśumbhayoḥ MĀRK. P. 86, 6. Vgl. jagāma – pādamūlaṁ mahātmanaḥ R. 1, 54, 6. — 4) n. “Grundtext, Quelle” im Gegens. zur “Glosse, Ueberarbeitung” u. s. w. MÜLLER, SL. 104. fg. SUŚR. 1, 14, 14. KATHĀS. 1, 10. — 5) n. “Kapital” MED. Spr. 3844. — 6) n. “Hauptplatz, Hauptstadt”: kṛtvā vidhānaṁ mūle (= svīyadurgarāṣṭrarūpe KULL.) tu yātrikaṁ ca yathāvidhi M. 7, 184. sa guptamūlapratyantaḥ śuddhapārṣṇirayānvitaḥ. ṣaḍvidhaṁ balamādāya pratasthe digjigīṣayā.. RAGH. 4, 26. mūlābhirakṣā VARĀH. BṚH. S. 95, 61. pārṣṇimūlam MBH. 2, 192. NĪLAK. erklärt: pārṣṇigrāhaka ādiryasya tat dvādaśavidhaṁ maṇḍalam. — 7) n. “Quadratwurzel” COLEBR. Alg. 363. SŪRYAS. 2, 41. 3, 8. 33. 4, 20. 5, 6. 10, 8. — 8) m. n. “das Sternbild” Mūla, “das 17te (19te)” Naxatra AK. 3, 4, 26, 202. H. 113. H. an. COLEBR. Misc. Ess. II, 340. WEBER, JYOT. 95. Nax. 1, 310. 2, 300. 303. 374. 389. AV. 19, 7, 3. TBR. 3, 1, 2, 3 in Z. f. d. K. d. M. 7, 271. YĀJÑ. 1, 80. MBH. 13, 3275. 4264. R. 5, 73, 57. P. 4, 3, 28. SUŚR. 1, 106, 7. SŪRYAS. 8,19. 9, 14. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 4, 5. 6, 11. 12. 7, 11. 23, 7. 55, 31. 98, 7. 15. 100, 1. 101, 10 (= BṚH. 16, 10). 102, 5. 7. 105, 1. 6. BHĀG. P. 5, 23, 6. MĀRK. P. 33, 13. VET. in LA. (II) 13, 11. — 9) n. “Gebüsch, Dickicht” H. an. — 10) in der Stelle atha mūlamanāhāryaṁ prakāśakrayaśodhitaḥ. adaṇḍyo mucyate rājñā nāṣṭiko labhate dhanam.. M. 8, 202 wird mūlam von KULL. durch asvāmī vikretā erklärt und von den Uebersetzern durch “Verkäufer” wiedergegeben. Es ist wohl vikrayasya aus dem Zusammenhange zu ergänzen und zu übersetzen “der Veranlasser” (des Verkaufs). — 11) n. “eine best. Stellung der Finger” (vgl. 1. mūlabandha): samānīya svavāmena mūlena prokṣaṇaṁ caret Verz. d. Oxf. H. 103,a,26. dhyātvā mūlena tasmai ca dadyātpādyādikaṁ mudā PAÑCAR. 1, 5, 6. — 12) m. Bein. Sadāśiva’s Verz. d. B. H. No. 1346. — 13) f. ā a) “Asparagus racemosus Willd.” RĀJAN. im ŚKDR. — b) “das Sternbild” Mūla ŚABDAR. ebend. — 14) f. ī “eine kleine Hauseidechse” TRIK. 2, 5, 23. — 15) adj. f. ā a) “der erste” Verz. d. Oxf. H. 56,a,5. Vielleicht ist mūlāttataḥ zu lesen. — b) = nija “eigen” AJAYAPĀLA im ŚKDR. — Vgl. a-, ado-, arkamūlā, ākāśamūlī, ātma-, unmūla, upamūlam, kṛṣṇamūlī, jihvāmūla, jyeṣṭhā-, tapo-, tāmramūlā und -mūlī, dantamūla, nimūlam, nirmūla, pañca-, pāda-, puṣkara-, baddha- (auch PAÑCAT. 232, 18. abaddhamūlaḥ kṣupakaḥ SUŚR. 1, 88, 10), bahu-, bāhu-, billamūlā, bhujamūla, bhūri-, madhu-, mantra-, mahā-, mūlakamūlā, yatomūla, laghu-, śūnya-, sa-, sarasvatī-, maula, maulika, maulya. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 mūla mūla (vb. mah), I. n. 1. The root of a tree, Vikr. 41; root (figuratively), Pañc. ii. d. 23. 2. An eatable root, Utt. Rāmac. 33, 8. 3. The lowest part, Megh. 77. 4. Origin. 5. Cause, Utt. Rāmac. 5, 1. 6. The vendor, Man. 8, 202. 7. Commencement; ā mūlāt, From its beginning, Kathās. 22, 98. 8. Capital, principal. 9. The original text of any work, as opposed to its comment. 10. Own. 11. One’s own kingdom, Man. 7, 184. 12. Near, proximate. 13. The root of the Arum campanulatum. II. m. and n. The nineteenth lunar asterism, Lass. 16, 18. III. f. lī (cf. muśalī, s. v. muśala), A small house-lizard. — Comp. unmūla, i. e. ud-, adj., f. lā, uprooted, Rām. 4, 19, 11. jyeṣṭhā-, m. the month Jyaiṣṭha, MBh. 13, 4609. tapas-, I. adj. having its cause in devotion, Man. 11, 234. II. m. a proper name. danta-, n. the root of a tooth, Suśr. 1, 303, 9. dhana-, adj. rooted, founded, in wealth, Hit. i. d. 121, M.M. dharma-, n. the roots of law, Man. 2, 6. nirmūla, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā, without any root, MBh. 5, 2747. pāda-, n. 1. the sole of the foot, Pañc. i. d. 161 (pādamūle ni pātyate, the dye is smeared on the sole of the foot, and the lover is caused to fall down before his mistress). 2. the root of the foot, tarsus, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 26; a polite designation of a person, Rām. 1, 54, 16. 3. the foot of a mountain, Kathās. 1, 27. baddha (vb. bandh)-, adj. firmly rooted, Pañc. 232, 18. vismaya-karṣa-, adj. caused by astonishment and joy, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 12. sa-mūla + m, adj. with the root, completely, Pañc. i. d. 339. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 mūla n. (adj. –° f. ā & ī) root (lit. & fig.), foot, basis, foundation, ground, bottom, immediate neighbourhoud; origin, source commencement, cause; the chief person or thing, e.g. text (opp. commentary), capital (opp. interest), also capital = chief city, holder (opp. owner); N. of a lunar mansion (also m.). — mūlaṁ kṛ or bandh take root; mūla (–°) sprung from, rooted in, resting on; (°–) original, chief, first, also = (±ā) mūlāt or mūlatas & mūlādārabhya from the bottom or the beginning. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 mūla mūl-a [= mūr-a, rigid, fixed pari], n. (-° a. ā, ī) root; edible root; root = end by which anything (e. g. tooth, finger, arm, tail, etc.) is fixed; foot (of a mountain); base, lower part; edge of the horizon; bottom; immediate neighbourhood; foundation, origin, source, beginning; chief place, capital; capital (opp. interest); original, text (opp. commentary); temporary owner (opp. rightful owner); square root; °-, chief; -°, chief; -° a. having its root in, based on, derived from; mūlaṁ kṛ or bandu, take or strike root, obtain a firm footing; mama mūlam, to my side, to me; mūlat, from the bottom, thoroughly; ā mūlāt or mūlād ārabhya, from the beginning. Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the 1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967 mūla ka ropaṇe . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (curā°ubha°-saka°-seṭ .) dīrghī ropaṇamāropaṇam . ka mūlayati vṛkṣaṁ lokaḥ . govindabhaṭṭastu rohaṇe iti paṭhitvā rohaṇaṁ janmeti vyākhyāti . iti durgādāsaḥ .. mūla ña pratiṣṭhāyām . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (bhvā°ubha°-aka°-seṭ .) pavargaśeṣādirdīrghī . pratiṣṭhā sthitiriti govindabhaṭṭaḥ . ña mūlati mūlate yaśaḥ . ayaṁ parasmaipadītyanye . iti durgādāsaḥ .. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 mūla pratiṣṭhāyāṁ bhvā° ubha° aka° seṭ . mūlati te amūlīt amūliṣṭa . mūla ropaṇe curā° ubha° saka° seṭ . mūlayati te amūmulat ta . mūla na° mūla–ka . 1 śiphāyām (jaḍa) (śikaḍa) amaraḥ 2 ādye 3 nikuñje 4 nakṣatrabhede 5 antike viśvaḥ 6 bāṇijyādyupayonini 7 mūladhane, medi° . 8 nije ajayaḥ . 9 caraṇe 10 śūraṇe śabdamā° 11 pippalīmūle 12 puṣkaramūle rājani° . 13 ṭīkādinā vyākhyeyagranthe ca aśvinyavadhike ūnaviṁśe nakṣatre astrī° ti° ta° śabadara° strītvamuktam . |
मूलम् – mūlam | Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :1890
mūlam [mūl-ka] (1) A root (fig. also); tarumūlāni gṛhībhavati teṣāṁ S. 7. 20; or śākhino dhautamūlāḥ 1. 15; mūlaṁ baṁdh to take or strike root; baddhamūlasya mūlaṁ hi mahadvairataroḥ striyaḥ Śi. 2. 38. (2) The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; kasyāścidāsidraśanā tadānīmaṁguṣṭhamūlārpitasūtraśeṣā R. 7. 10; so prācīmūle Me. 89. (3) The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; bāhvormūlaṁ Śi. 7. 32; so pādamūlaṁ, karṇamūlaṁ, ūrumūlaṁ &c. (4) Beginning, commencement; āmūlācchrotumicchāmi S. 1. (5) Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; sarve gārhasthyamūlakāḥ Mb.; rakṣogṛhe sthitirmūlaṁ U. 1. 6; iti kenāpyuktaṁ tatra mūlaṁ mṛgyaṁ ‘the source or authority should be found out’. (6) The foot or bottom of anything; parvatamūlaṁ, girimūlaṁ &c. (7) The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). (8) Vicinity, neighbourhood. (9) Capital, principal, stock. (10) A hereditary servant. (11) A square root. (12) A king’s own territory; sa guptamūlapratyaṁtaṁ: R. 4. 26; Ms. 7. 184. (13) A vender who is not the true owner; Ms. 8. 202 (asvāmivikretā Kull.). (14) The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. (15) A thicket, copse. (16) The root of long pepper. (17) A particular position of the fingers. (18) A chief or capital city. (19) An aboriginal inhabitant. (20) A bower, an arbour (nikuṁja). (21) N. of several roots. pipyalī, puṣkara, śūraṇa &c. (In comp. mula may be translated by ‘first, prime, original, chief, principal’; e. g. mūlakāraṇaṁ ‘prime cause’ &c. &c.). — Comp. –ādhāraṁ 1. the navel. –2. a mystical circle above the organs of generation. –ābhaṁ a radish. –bhāyatanaṁ the original abode. –āśin a. living upon roots. –āhvaṁ a radish. –ucchedaḥ utter destruction, total eradication. –karman n. magie. –kāraḥ the author of an original work. –kāraṇaṁ the original or prime cause; Ku. 6. 13. –kārikā a furnace, an oven. –kṛcchraḥ –cchraṁ a kind of penance, living only upon roots. –keśaraḥ a citron. –guṇaḥ the co-efficient of a root. –graṁthaḥ 1. an original text. –2. the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. –chedaḥ uprooting. –ja a. 1. radical. –2. growing at the roots of trees (as an anthill). –3. born under the constellation Mūla. ( –jaḥ) plant growing from a root. ( –jaṁ) a green ginger. –devaḥ an epithet of Kamsa. –dravyaṁ, –dhanaṁ principal, stock, capital. –dhātuḥ lymph. –nikṛṁtana a. destroying root and branch. –puruṣaḥ ‘the stock-man’, the male representative of a family. –prakṛtiḥ f. the Prakṛti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.). –(pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war (vijigīṣu, ari, madhyama, and udāsīna); see Ms. 7. 155. –phaladaḥ the bread-fruit tree. –barhaṇaṁ the act of uprooting, extermination. –bhadraḥ an epithet of Kamsa. –bhṛtyaḥ an old or hereditary servant. –vacanaṁ an original text. –vāpaḥ one who plants roots. –vittaṁ capital, stock. –vibhujaḥ a chariot. –vyasanavṛttiḥ the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; Ms. 10. 38. –vratin a. living exclusively on roots. –śakunaḥ (in augury) the first bird. –śākaṭaḥ, –śākinaṁ a field planted with edible roots. –saṁghaḥ a society, seet. –sthānaṁ 1. base, foundation. –2. the Supreme Spirit. –3. wind, air. –4. Mooltan. ( –nī) N. of Gaurī. –sthāyin m. an epithet of Śiva. –srotas n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. –hara a. uprooting completely. |
यात्रा – yātrā | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yātrā f. going, setting off, journey, march, expedition &c. (with
“prāṇāntikī” or “aurdhvadehikī” = death; “yātrāṁ-yā” or “dā”, to undertake an expedition, take the field; “yātrām-pṛch”, to wish luck f. going on a pilgrimage (cf. “gaṅgā-” and “tīrtha-y-“) f. a festive train, procession (cf. “deva-y-“) f. a feast, festival (= “utsava”) f. support of life, livelihood, maintenance &c. f. intercourse (with “laukikī”, worldly intercourse = “jagad-y-“) f. way, means, expedient f. passing away time f. practice, usage, custom f. N. of a partic. kind of astronomical wk. (cf. “yoga-y-“) f. of a sort of dramatic entertainment (popular in Bengal) yātrā “yātrika” &c. see p.849, col.3. Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 yātrā yā-ṣṭran] (1) Going, motion, journey; Mv. 6. 1; R. 18. 16. (2) The march of an army, expedition, invasion; mārgaśīrṣe śubhe māsi yāyādyātrāṁ mahīpatiḥ Ms. 7. 182; Pt. 3. 37; R. 17. 56. (3) Going on a pilgrimage; as in tīrthayātrā. (4) A company of pilgrims. (5) A festival, fair, festive or solemn occasion; kālapriyanāthasya yātrāprasaṁgena Māl. 1; U. 1. (6) A procession, festive train; pravṛttā khalu yātrābhimukhaṁ mālatī Māl. 6; 6. 2. (7) A road. (8) Support of life, livelihood, maintenance; yātrāmātrapra. siddhyarthaṁ Ms. 4. 3; śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasidhyedakarmaṇaḥ Bg. 3. 8. (9) Passing away (time). (10) Intercourse; yātrā caiva hi laukikī Ms. 11. 185; lokayātrā Ve. 3; Ms. 9. 27. (11) Way, means, expedient. (12) A custom, usage, practice, way; eṣoditā lokayātrā nityaṁ strīpuṁsayoḥ parā Ms. 9. 25. (lokācāraḥ Kull.). (13) A vehicle in general. (14) A kind of dramatic entertainment. — Comp. –utsavaḥ a festive procession. –karaṇaṁ an expedition, a march. –prasaṁgaḥ going on a pilgrimage. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch yātrā (von 1. yā) UṆĀDIS. 4, 167. 1) “Gang, Aufbruch, Fahrt, Reise, Marsch, Kriegszug” AK. 2, 8, 2, 63. 3, 4, 25, 177. TRIK. 3, 3, 367. H. 790. an. 2, 449. MED. r. 79. HALĀY. 2, 297. HARIV. 5284. śvo yātrā R. 1, 68, 17. yātrāmayāsiṣam “ich machte mich auf die Reise” 2, 72, 27. 78, 1. 82, 19. 21. SUŚR. 1, 108, 20. RAGH. 16, 25. na ciraṁ tāpāya tava yātrā bhaviṣyati Spr. 1376. 4727. 4818. SŪRYAS. 14, 13. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 72, 6. 79, 23. 86, 10. 87, 5. 6. 27. 89, 12. 14. 93, 11. 13. 94, 13. 95, 25. BHĀG. P. 11, 2, 4. MĀRK. P. 51, 59. vāraṇāvata- “Gang nach” MBH. 1, 143 in der Unterschr. samudra- HARIV. 8304. mārgaśīrṣe śubhe māsi yāyādyātrāṁ mahīpatiḥ “einen Feldzug unternehmen” M. 7, 182. 207. MBH. 2, 192. 12, 2662. fg. R. 2, 82, 23. -gamana 24. 3, 22, 7. 4, 30, 3. 6, 1, 7. yātrāyukta SUŚR. 1, 122, 5. BHAR. NĀṬY. 34, 68. KĀM. NĪTIS. 11, 1. 5. dūra- 15, 43. RAGH. 4, 24. 6, 54. śakyeṣvevābhavadyātrā tasya śaktimataḥ sataḥ 17, 56. Spr. 4231. KATHĀS. 19, 60. 69. 42, 81. 83. 54, 212. RĀJA-TAR. 1, 67. 115. 4, 131. 282. 405. 5, 326. yātrāṁ dā “einen Feldzug unternehmen” 6, 230. dattayātra 5,214. HIT. 94,9. 10. Verz. d. Oxf. H. 332,b,14. fg. “Ausfahrt” (des Viehes) KṚṢISAṁGR. 8, 18. 21. tasminprayāte paralokayātrām “der Gang in die andere Welt” RAGH. 18, 15. prāṇāntikī so v. a. “Tod” HARIV. 4713. aurdhvadehikī dass. 4803. — 2) “ein festlicher Zug, Procession”; = utsava TRIK. H. an. MED. KATHĀS. 10, 87. 34, 174. janyayātrājana 30, 96. 123, 159. yātrāyāgādi nāgānām RĀJA-TAR. 1, 185. 220. amareśvara- 267. Verz. d. B. H. No. 1236. SĀH. D. 109. HIT. 85, 12. deva- Verz. d. Oxf. H. 200,a,15. TRIK.2,7,8. — 3) “Lebensunterhalt”, = yāpana (“passing away time” COLEBR. und WILSON), vṛtti AK. 3, 4, 25, 177. MED. H. an. HALĀY. 5, 33 (= anuvṛtti?). M. 4, 3. YĀJÑ. 3, 54. 59. tasminhi yātrā lokasya MBH. 5, 3027. 13, 2089. 14, 1281. Spr. 4872. BHĀG. P. 7, 15, 15. 10, 86, 15. śarīra- “Unterhalt des Körpers” BHAG. 3, 8. KATHĀS. 52, 101. deha- (s. auch bes.) dass. NĪLAK. 32. — 4) “Verkehr”: laukikī M. 11, 184. jagadyātrā BHĀG. P. 8, 14, 3. — 5) “Mittel” VIŚVA im ŚKDR. — 6) Bez. “einer gewissen Gattung astrologischer Werke” VARĀH. BṚH. S. 2, S. 6, Z. 4. von VARĀHAMAHIRA verfasst 1, 10. 43, 31. 44, 14. 18. 48, 22. Der vollständige Titel dieses Werkes ist yogayātrā; vgl. KERN in der Vorrede zu VARĀH. BṚH. S. 25. fgg. und Ind. St. 10, 161. fgg. — 7) “a sort of dramatic entertainment” WILSON. — Vgl. gaṅgā-, tīrtha- (auch KATHĀS. 33, 28. 39, 34. 38. 52, 242. DHŪRTAS. 83, 12), daṇḍa-, deva-, deha-, dola-, punaryātrā, prāṇa-, bahiryātrā, bṛhadyātrā, mahā-, yoga-, ratha-, loka-. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 yātrā yā + trā, f. 1. Going, travelling. 2. The march of an assailing force, an expedition, Man. 7, 160; 207; Pañc. iii. d. 35. 3. Going on pilgrimage. 4. The procession of idols, Hit. i. d. 113, M.M. 5. A sort of dramatic entertainment. 6. Passing away time. 7. Practice, usage, conduct, Man. 9, 25; intercourse, Man. 11, 184. 8. An expedient, support of life, Man. 4, 3. — Comp. tīrtha-, f. pilgrimage to holy places, Pañc. 117, 10. deva-, f. 1. the procession of idols, Mālav. 69, 13. 2. a sacred festival. deha-, f. 1. death. 2. support of life, Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 20. prāṇa-, f. support of life, Pañc. 52, 6. loka-, f. 1. the way of the world, Mālav. 68, 17. 2. worldly affairs, domestic affairs, Man. 9, 27. 3. traffic, intercourse, Hit. i. d. 104, M.M. 4. the life of the world, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 20. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 yātrā f. going, setting off, journey, travel, march, expedition; festive train, procession, feast, festival; livelihood, subsistence; custom, usage; a kind of dramatic entertainment. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 yātrā yā-trā, f. going, to (-°); departure, journey; march, military expedition; festive train, procession; (annual, biennial, etc.) pilgrimage (to the shrine of a deity); festivity, festival; livelihood; maintenance; intercourse; kind of dramatic entertainment: -ṁ dā, undertake an expedition; -kara, a. affording maintenance; -karaṇa, n. setting forth on a journey or march; -gam-ana, n. military expedition; -mahotsava, m. great festive procession; -artham, ad. for marching. Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the 1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967 yātrā strī, (yā + huyāmāśrubhasibhyastran . uṇā° 4 . 167 . iti tran . ṭāp .) vijigīṣoḥ prayāṇam . tatparyāyaḥ . vrajyā 1 abhiniryāṇam 3 prasthānam 4 gamanam 5 gamaḥ 6 . ityamaraḥ . 2 . 8 . 95 .. prasthitiḥ 7 yānam 8 prāṇanam 9 . iti śabdaratnāvalī .. yāpanam .. (yathā, bhāgavate . 10 . 86 . 15 . yātrāmātraṁ tvaharahardaivādupanamatyuta ..) utsavaḥ . iti medinī . re, 78 .. (yathā, kathāsaritsāgare . 10 . 87 . yātrāmupavane draṣṭuṁ jagāma sakhibhiḥ saha .. vyavahāraḥ . yathā, gītāyām . 3 . 8 . śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasiddhyedakarmaṇaḥ .. śarīrayātrā dehavyavahāraḥ . iti tatra nīlakaṇṭhaḥ ..) upāyaḥ . iti viśvaḥ .. * .. atha yātrādinam . bhādrapauṣacaitretaramāseṣu dūrayātrā kartavyā . pūrbasyāṁ diśi raviśukravārasya prāśastyam . dakṣiṇasyāṁ maṅgalavārasya prāśastyam . paścimāyāṁ somaśanivārasya prāśastyam . uttarasyāṁ bṛhaspativārasya prāśastyam . pūrvasyāṁ diśi somaśanivāre na gantavyam . dakṣiṇasyāṁ bṛhaspativāre keṣāñcinmate budhavāre ca na gantavyam . paścimāyāṁ raviśukravāre . evaṁ uttarasyāṁ budhamaṅgalavāre na gantavyam . dvitīyā tṛtīyā saptamī pañcamī daśamī ekādaśī trayodaśī ca etā yātrāyāṁ praśastāḥ . atrottamanakṣatrāṇi . aśvinī anurādhā revatī mṛgaśirā mūlā punarvasu puṣyā hastā jyeṣṭhā . madhyamanakṣatrāṇi . rohiṇī pūrbātrayaṁ citrā svātī śatabhiṣā śravaṇā dhaniṣṭhā . adhamanakṣatrāṇi . uttarātrayaṁ viśākhā maghā ārdrā bharaṇī kṛttikā aśleṣā . tatra nakṣatraśūlakathanam . svātyāṁ jeṣṭhāyāñca pūrbadiggamanaṁ niṣiddham . evaṁ pūrbabhādrapade aśvinyāñca dakṣiṇadiggamanaṁ puṣye rohiṇyāñca paścimadiggamanaṁ uttaraphalgunyāṁ hastāyāñca uttaradiggamanaṁ niṣiddham . tatrānuktakaraṇāni . garaṁ baṇijaṁ viṣṭiḥ . garamapi kaiścicchastaṁ manyate . atra uttamalagnāni . siṁhavṛṣakumbhakanyāmithunāni . tatra yoginīnirṇayaḥ . pratipadi navamyāñca prācyāṁ yoginī . tṛtīyāyāṁ ekādaśyāñcāgnikoṇe . pañcamyāṁ trayodaśyāñca dakṣiṇe . dvādaśyāṁ caturthyāñca nairṛtakoṇe . ṣaṣṭhyāṁ caturdaśyāñca paścime . saptamyāṁ pūrṇimāyāñca vāyukoṇe . dvitīyāyāṁ daśamyāñca uttaradiśi . aṣṭamyāmamāvāsyāyāñca īśānakoṇe . tāṁ dakṣiṇe sammukhe ca kṛtvā na gantavyam . pāpayogatryahasparśamāsadagdhādiṣu yātrā na kartavyā . vāravelākālavelākulikavelāvṛṣṭibhadrādiṣu ca yātrā na kartavyā . dvirāgamanadinaṁ navavadhūśabde draṣṭavyam .. * .. atha goyātrāpraveśavikrayāḥ . tatra tithayaḥ . amāvasyāṣṭamīcaturdaśīviṣṭibhinnāḥ . tatra nakṣatrāṇi . rohiṇī pūrbaphalgunī pūrvāṣāḍhā pūrvabhādrapat uttaraphalgunī uttarāṣāḍhā utrarabhādrapat śravaṇā bharaṇī citrā etadvyatiriktāni . yogāḥ . vyatīpātabhinnāḥ . vārāḥ . krūrabhinnāḥ .. * .. atha naukāyātrā . tatra vihitanakṣatrāṇi . aśvinīhastāpuṣyamṛgaśiraḥpūrbaphalgunī-pūrbāṣāḍhā- pūrbabhādrapadanurādhādhaniṣṭhāśravaṇāḥ . vārāḥ śubhagrahāṇām . tatra lagnaṁ śobhanam . tatra śobhanaścandraḥ . tārā ca śobhanā vihitā . iti jyotistattvam .. * .. atha yātrāyāṁ śubhajanakadravyadarśanādi yathā — dhenurvatsaprayuktā vṛṣagajaturagā dakṣiṇāvartavahnirdivyastrīpūrṇakumbhā dbijanṛpagaṇikāḥ puṣpamālā patākā . sadyomāṁsaṁ ghṛtaṁ vā dadhi madhu rajataṁ kāñcanaṁ śukladhānyaṁ dṛṣṭvā śrutvā paṭhitvā phalamiha labhate mānavo gantukāmaḥ .. iti samayapradīpaḥ .. tatrāśubhajanakadarśanaṁ yathā — sammukhe rajakaṁ paścāt kṣuriṇaṁ yadi paśyati . na gantavyaṁ tadā tasmāt tailavāpyagrago’śubhaḥ .. ajo luṇṭhati gauḥ kāsī kṣutaṁ vā kurute naraḥ . paśyan yātrā na kartavyā klīvaṁ paśyati vāgrataḥ .. iti jyotirākaraḥ .. yātrākāle viśeṣadarśanaphalaṁ yathā — mṛgāhikapimārjāraśvānaḥ śūkarapakṣiṇaḥ . nakulo mūṣikaścaiva yātrāyāṁ dakṣiṇe śubhāḥ .. viprakanyā śavo rudraśaṅkhabherīvasundharāḥ . jambukoṣṭrakharādyāśca yātrāyāṁ vāmake śubhāḥ .. veṇustrīpūrṇakumbhānāṁ yātrāyāṁ darśanaṁ śubham .. yātrākāle aśubhalakṣaṇaṁ yathā — kārpāsauṣadhatailañca paṅkāṅgārabhujaṅgamāḥ . muktakeśo raktamālyaṁ nagnādyaśubhalakṣaṇam .. * .. yātrākāle chikkāyāḥ phalaṁ yathā — chikkāyā lakṣaṇaṁ vakṣye labhet pūrbe mahāphalam . āgneye śokasantāpau dakṣiṇe hānimāpnuyāt .. nairṛtye śokasantāpau miṣṭānnañcaiva paścime . annaṁ prāpnoti vāyavye uttare kalaho bhavet . īśāne maraṇaṁ proktaṁ proktaṁ chikkāphalāphalam .. atha yātrāyāṁ digviśeṣe viśeṣanakṣatrāṇi . kṛttikādau tu pūrbeṇa sapta ṛkṣāṇi vai vrajet . maghādau dakṣiṇe gacchedanurādhādi paścime .. praśastā cottare yātrā dhaniṣṭhādiṣu saptasu . aśvinīrevatīcitrādhaniṣṭhāḥ sadalaṅkṛtāḥ . mṛgāśvicitrāpuṣyāśca mūlahastau śubhau sadā .. yātrādau lagnādiṣu grahasthitiphalaṁ yathā — kanyāpradāne yātrāyāṁ pratiṣṭhādiṣu karmasu . śukracandrau ca janmasthau śubhadau ca dbitīyagau .. śaśijñaśukrajīvāśca rāśau cātha tṛtīyake . bhaumamandaśaśāṅkārkā budhaḥ śreṣṭhaścaturthake .. śukrajīvau pañcamau ca śreṣṭhau sadbhirudāhṛtau . mandārkendukujāḥ ṣaṣṭhe gurucandrau ca saptame .. śukrajñāvaṣṭame śreṣṭhau navamasthau guruḥ śubhaḥ . arkārkicandrā daśame ekādaśe’khilā grahāḥ .. budho’tha dbādaśe caiva bhārgavaḥ sukhado bhavet .. iti gāruḍe 60 . 61 adhyāyau .. * .. atha rājayātrā . idānīṁ sarvadharmajña dharmaśāstraviśārada ! . yātrākālavidhānaṁ me kathayasva mahīkṣitām .. yadā manyeta nṛpatirākrandena balīyasā . pārṣṇigrāhābhibhūto’ristadā yātrāṁ prayojayet .. yodhānmatvā prabhūtāṁśca prabhūtañca balaṁ mama . mūlarakṣāsamartho’smi tadā yātrāṁ prayojayet .. aśuddhapārṣṇirnṛpatirna tu yātrāṁ prayojayet . pārṣṇigrāhādhikaṁ sainyaṁ mūle niḥkṣipya vā vrajet .. caitraṁ vā mārgaśīrṣaṁ vā yātrāṁ yāyānnarādhipaḥ . caitrī naśyati naidāghaṁ hanti puṣṭiñca śāradī .. etadeva viparyastaṁ mārgaśīrṣaṁ narādhipaḥ . śatrorvā vyasane yāyāt kālaḥ sa tu sudurlabhaḥ .. divyāntarīkṣakṣitijairutpātaiḥ pīḍ2itaṁ param . sadṛkṣapīḍāsaṁtaptaṁ pīḍitañca tathā grahaiḥ .. jvalantīva tathaivolkā diśaṁ yasya prapadyate . bhūkampolkā diśaṁ yānti yāñca ketuḥ prasūyate .. nirghātaśca patedyatra taṁ yāyādvasudhādhipaḥ . sabalavyasanopetaṁ tathā durbhikṣapīḍitam .. sambhūtāntarakopañca kṣipraṁ yāyādariṁ nṛpaḥ . yūkamākṣīkabahulaṁ bahupaṅkaṁ tathāvilam .. nāstikaṁ bhinnamaryādaṁ tathāmaṅgalavādinam . apetaprakṛtiñcaiva nirāpañca tathā jayet .. vidviṣṭanāyakāṁ senāṁ tathā bhinnāṁ parasparam . vyasanāsaktanṛpatiṁ balaṁ rājābhiyojayet .. sainikānāmaśastrāṇi sphūrantyaṅgāni yatra ca . duḥsvapnānyapi paśyanti balantadabhiyojayet .. utsāhabalasampannaścānuraktabalastathā . tuṣṭapuṣṭabalo rājā parānabhimukho vrajet .. śarīrasphuraṇe dhanye tathā duḥsvapnanāśane . nimitte saṅkule dhanye jāte śatrupuraṁ vrajet .. ṛkṣeṣu ṣaṭsu śuddheṣu graheṣvanuguṇeṣu ca . praśnakāle śubhe jāte parān yāyānnarādhipaḥ .. evantu daivasampannastathā pauruṣasaṁyutaḥ . deśakālopapannāntu yātrāṁ yāyānnarādhipaḥ .. ulūkasya niśi dhvāṅkṣaḥ sa ca tasya divā vaśe . evaṁ deśañca kālañca jñātvā yātrāṁ prayojayet .. padātināgabahulāṁ senāṁ prāvṛṣi yojayet . hemante śiśire caiva rathavājisamākulām .. kharoṣṭrabahulāṁ senāṁ tathā grīpe narādhipaḥ . caturaṅgabalopetāṁ vasante vā śaradyatha .. senā padātibahulā yasya syāt pṛthivīpateḥ . abhiyojyo bhavettena śatrurviṣayamāśritaḥ .. gamye vṛkṣāvṛte deśe sthitaṁ śatruṁ tathaiva ca . kiñcitpaṅke tathā yāyādbahunāgo narādhipaḥ .. rathāśvabahulo yāyāt śatruṁ samapathāśritam . tadāśrayanto bahulāstathā rājābhipūjayet .. kharoṣṭrabahulo rājā śatruṁ bandhanasaṁsthitam . bandhanastho’pi yojyo’ristadā prāvṛṣi bhūbhujā .. himapātayute deśe sthitaṁ grīṣme’bhiyojayet . śaradvasantau dharmajña kālau sādhāraṇau smṛtau .. vijñāya rājā dvijadeśakālau daivaṁ trikālañca tathaiva buddhvā . prāyāt paraṁ kālavidāṁ matena sañcintya sārdhaṁ dvijamantravidbhiḥ .. iti mātsye 214 adhyāyaḥ .. * .. yātrākāle māṅgalyadravyāṇi yathā — paurvāparyaṁ svavṛttāntaṁ tānuktvā ca śubhakṣaṇe . taireva sārdhaṁ balavān babhūva gamanonmukhaḥ .. dadarśa maṅgalaṁ rāmaḥ śuśrāva jayasūcakam . bubudhe manasā sarvaṁ vijayaṁ vairisaṁkṣayam .. yātrākāle ca purataḥ śuśrāva sahasā muniḥ . hariśabdaṁ śaṅkharavaṁ ghaṇṭādundubhivādanam .. ākāśavāṇīṁ saṅgītāṁ jayaste bhaviteti ca . naroktaṁ tañca kalyāṇaṁ meghaśabdaṁ jayāvaham .. cakāra yātrāṁ bhagavān śrutvetyevaṁvidhaṁ śubham . dadarśa purato vipravandidaivajñabhikṣukān .. jalatpradīpaṁ vibhrantīṁ patiputtravatīṁ satīm . puro dadarśa smerāsyāṁ nānābhūṣaṇabhūṣitām .. śivaṁ śivāṁ pūrṇakumbhaṁ cāsañca nakulantathā . gacchan dadarśa rāmeśo yātrāmaṅgalasūcakam .. kṛṣṇasāraṁ gajaṁ siṁhaṁ turagaṁ gaṇḍakaṁ dvipam . camarīṁ rājahaṁsañca cakravākaṁ śukaṁ pikam .. mayūraṁ khañjanañcaiva śaṅkhacillañcakorakam . pārāvataṁ valākāñca kāraṇḍaṁ cātakaṁ caṭam .. saudāminīṁ śakracāpaṁ sūryaṁ sūryasabhāṁ śubhām . sadyomāṁsaṁ sajīvañca matsyaṁ śaṅkhaṁ suvarṇakam .. māṇikyaṁ rajataṁ muktāṁ maṇīndrañca prabālakam . dadhi lājaṁ śukladhānyaṁ śuklapuṣpañca kuṅkumam .. śuklacchatraṁ patākāñca darpaṇaṁ śvetacāmaram . dhenuṁ vatsaprayuktāñca rathasthaṁ bhūmipaṁ tathā .. dugdhañca rocanāmājyamamṛtaṁ pāyasaṁ tathā . śālagrāmaṁ pakvaphalaṁ svastikaṁ śarkarāṁ madhu .. mārjārañca vṛṣendrañca meghaparvatamūṣikam . meghācchannasya ca raverudayaṁ candramaṇḍalam .. kastūrīṁ kajjalaṁ toyaṁ haridrāṁ tīrthamṛttikām . siddhārthaṁ sarṣapaṁ dūrvāṁ viprabālañca bālikām .. mṛgaṁ veśyāñca bhramaraṁ karpūraṁ pītavāsasam . gomūtraṁ gopurīṣañca godhūliṁ gopadāṅkitam .. goṣṭhaṁ gavāṁ vartma ramyaṁ gośālaṁ goratiṁ śubhām . bhūṣaṇaṁ devapratimāṁ jvaladagniṁ mahotsavam .. tāmraṁ sphaṭikaṁ raityañca sindūraṁ mālyacandanam . gandhañca hīrakaṁ ratnaṁ dadarśa dakṣiṇe śubham .. sugandhi vāyorāghrāṇaṁ prāpa viprāśiṣaṁ śubham . ityevaṁ maṅgalaṁ jñātvā prayayau sa mudānvitaḥ .. iti brahmavaivarte gaṇapatikhaṇḍe 33 adhyāyaḥ .. * .. yātrākāle amaṅgalasūcakāni yathā — rājā jagāma samaraṁ hṛdayena vidūyatā . sārdhaṁ sainyasamūhaiśca vādyabhāṇḍairasaṁkhyakaiḥ .. dadarśāmaṅgalaṁ rājā puro vartmani vartmani . yayau tathāpi samaraṁ na jagāma gṛhaṁ punaḥ .. muktakeśīṁ chinnanāsāṁ rudantīñca digambarīm . kṛṣṇavastraparīdhānāmaparāṁ vidhavāmapi .. mukhaduṣṭāṁ yoniduṣṭāṁ vyādhiyuktāñca kuṭṭanīm . patiputtravihīnāñca ḍākinīṁ puṁścalīmaho .. kumbhakāraṁ tailakāraṁ vyādhaṁ sarpopajīvinam . kucelamapi rūkṣāṅgaṁ nagnaṁ kāṣāyavāsinam .. vatsavikrayiṇañcaiva kanyāvikrayiṇaṁ tathā . citāṁ dagdhaśavaṁ bhasma nirvāṇāṅgārameva ca .. sarpakṣatanaraṁ sarpaṁ godhāñca śaśakaṁ viṣam . śrāddhapākañca piṇḍañca modakañca tilāṁstathā .. devalaṁ vṛṣavāhañca śūdraśrāddhānnabhojinam . śūdrānnapācakaṁ śūdrayājakaṁ grāmayājakam .. kuśaputtalikāñcaiva śavadāhanakāriṇam . śūnyakumbhaṁ cūrṇakumbhaṁ tailaṁ lavaṇamasthi ca .. kārpāsaṁ kacchapaṁ cūrṇaṁ kukkuraṁ śabdakāriṇam . dakṣiṇe ca śṛgālāñca kurvantaṁ bharavaṁ ravam .. kapardakañca kṣaurañca chinnakeśaṁ nakhaṁ malam . kalahañca vilāpañca vilāpakāriṇaṁ janam .. amaṅgalaṁ vadantañca rudantaṁ śokakāriṇam . mithyāsākṣipradātāraṁ caurañca naraghātinam .. puṁścalīpatiputtrau ca puṁścalyodanabhojinam . devatāguruviprāṇāṁ vastuvittāpahāriṇam .. dattāpahāriṇaṁ dasyuṁ hiṁsakaṁ sūcakaṁ khalam . pitṛmātṛviraktañca dvijāśvatthavighātinam .. satyaghnañca kṛtaghnañca sthāpyāpahāriṇaṁ janam . mitradruhaṁ mitraghnañca kṣataṁ viśvāsaghātinam .. gurudevadbijānāñca nindakaṁ svāṅgaghātakam . jīvānāṁ ghātakañcaiva svāṅgahīnañca nirdayam .. vratopavāsahīnañca dīkṣāhīnaṁ napuṁsakam . galitavyādhigātrañca gurulaṅghanameva ca .. pukkasaṁ chinnaliṅgañca surāmattaṁ surāṁ tathā . kṣiptaṁ vamantaṁ rudhiraṁ mahiṣaṁ gardabhaṁ tathā .. mūtraṁ purīṣaṁ ślaṣmāṇaṁ kanthinaṁ nṛkapālinam . jhañjhāvātaṁ raktavṛṣṭiṁ vādyañca nṛpaghātakam .. vṛddhañca śūkaraṁ gṛdhraṁ śyenaṁ kaṅkañca bhallukam . pāśañca śuṣkakāṣṭhañca vāyasaṁ gandhakaṁ tathā .. agradānibrāhmaṇañca tantramantrīpajīvinam . vaidyañca raktapuṣpañcaivauṣadhantuṣameva ca .. kuvārtāṁ mṛtavārtāñca vipraśāpañca dāruṇam . durgandhavātaṁ duḥśabdaṁ rājā saṁprāpa vartmani .. manaśca kutsitaṁ prāṇāḥ kṣubhitāśca nirantaram . vāmāṅgaspandanaṁ dehajāḍyaṁ rājño babhūva ha .. iti brahmavaivarte gaṇapatikhaṇḍe 35 adhyāyaḥ .. śrīkṛṣṇasya mathurāyātrā yathā — rādhikāyāñca suptāyāṁ suptāsu gopikāsu ca . puṣpacandanatalpe ca vāyunā surabhīkṛte .. tṛtīyaprahare’tīte niśāyāśca śubhakṣaṇe . śubhacandrakṣayoge cāmṛtayogasamanvite .. saumyasvāmiyute lagne saumyagrahavilokane . pāpagrahasamāsaktadṛṣṭidoṣādivarjite .. yaśodāṁ bodhayāmāsa kārayāmāsa maṅgalam . bandhūnāśvāsayāmāsa samutthāya hariḥ svayam .. vādyaṁ niṣedhayāmāsa rādhikābhayabhītavat . svatantro viśvakartā ca pātā bhartā svatantravat .. prakṣālya pādayugalaṁ dhṛtvā dhaute ca vāsasī . uvāsa saṁskṛte sthāne vilipte candanādinā .. phalapallavasaṁyuktaṁ saṁskṛtaṁ candanādibhiḥ . vāme kṛtvā pūrṇakumbhaṁ vahniṁ vipraṁ svadakṣiṇe . patiputtravatīṁ dīpaṁ darpaṇaṁ puratastathā .. dūrvākāṇḍañca susnigdhaṁ puṣpaṁ dhānyaṁ sitaṁ śubham . gurudattaṁ gṛhītvā ca pradadau mastakopari .. ghṛtaṁ dadarśa mādhvīkaṁ rajataṁ kāñcanaṁ dadhi . candanaṁ lepanaṁ kṛtvā puṣpamālāṁ gale dadau .. guruvargaṁ brāhmaṇaśca vandayāmāsa bhaktitaḥ . śaṅkhadhvaniṁ vedapāṭhaṁ saṅgītaṁ maṅgalāṣṭakam .. viprāśīrvacanaṁ ramyaṁ śuśrāva paramādaram . dhyātvā maṅgalarūpañca sarvatraṁ maṅgalapradam .. cikṣepa dakṣiṇaṁ pādaṁ sundaraṁ svātmavigraham . vidhṛtyaṁ nāsikāvāmabhāgaṁ madhyamayā vibhuḥ .. visṛjya vāyumiṣṭañca nāsādakṣiṇarandhrataḥ . tato yayau nandanando nandasya prāṅgaṇaṁ varam .. iti brahmavaivattai śrīkṛṣṇajanmakhaṇḍe 71 adhyāyaḥ .. atha yātrāyuktiḥ . tatra samayaḥ . yātrāyāṁ dvividhaḥ kālo vaikāraḥ sahajastathā . prokta ātyayike kārye vikāro nātra nirṇayaḥ . sahajaḥ svecchayā rājñāṁ tasya nirṇaya ucyate .. yātrājasiṁhamadhyā śanaiścarabudhośanasāṁ gṛheṣu . bhānau kulīravṛṣavṛścikagobhirdīrghā śastastu devalamate’dhvani pṛṣṭhato’rkaḥ .. aśvinī revatī jyeṣṭhā tathā puṣyapunarvasū . maitraṁ mṛgaśiro mulā yātrāyāmuttamāḥ smṛtāḥ .. bharaṇī kṛttikāśleṣā viśākhā cottarātrayam . maghā paśupatiścaiva yātrāyāṁ maraṇapradāḥ .. pūrbe kuvere dahane niśāṭe yame jaleśe pavane maheśe . tyājyaṁ narasya pratipatkrameṇa yugmaṁ tithīnāṁ pravadanti tajjñāḥ . syāt saṁmukhe yānamasukṣayāya paścādbhavet sarvaśubhāya puṁsām .. sūryaḥ śukraḥ kujo rāhurmandaścandro gururbudhaḥ . agrataḥ śobhanā yātrā pṛṣṭhato maraṇaṁ dhruvam .. pūrbeṇendraṁ dakṣiṇe yānapādaṁ rohiṇye taccāryamākhyāñca śūlam . kāmaṁ yāyāt sāmparāyeṣu kāryeṣvanyadvāpi prekṣya śūlāni bhāni .. tatra dikśūlam . ṣaṣṭhyaṣṭamī caturthī ca navamī dvādaśī tathā . caturdaśī kuhūstyājyā yātrāyāmaśubhapradāḥ .. prāyo jaguḥ sahajaśatrudaśāya saṁsthāḥ pāpāḥ śubhāḥ savitṛjaṁ parimucya khastham . sarvatragāḥ śubhaphalaṁ janayanti saumyāstyaktvārisaṁsthamamarāriguruṁ jigīṣoḥ .. nākālavarṣavidyutstaniteṣviṣṭaṁ kathañcidapi yānam . āsaptāhāt divyāntarīkṣabhaumaistathotpātaiḥ .. tatra kramaḥ . rājñāṁ yātrāvidhiṁ vakṣye jigīṣūṇāṁ parāvanīm . nīrājanāvidhiṁ kṛtvā sainikāścānayettataḥ . gajānanyān mṛgānanyāniti yātrākramo mataḥ .. tatra nīrājanāvidhiḥ . varṣānte’bhyudite śukre candre pūrṇe śubhakṣaṇe . aśvanīrājanaṁ kuryāt yathoktamṛṣisattamaiḥ .. udīcīṁ prasthite bhānau saṁkrāntyāṁ vā śubhe dine . gajanīrājanaṁ kuryāt mahīpālo jigīrṣivān .. vṛścikasthe ravau kuryāt pattinīrājanāvidhim . naukānīrājanaṁ kuryāt dakṣiṇāśāṁ pratiṣṭhati .. anyeṣāñcaiva yānānāṁ vijayādaśamītithim . dhvajādīnāñca sarveṣāṁ śakrotthāne nīrājanam .. chatrasya navadaṇḍasya tathā siṁhāsanasya ca . gṛhasya nagarasyāpi mahāviṣuvasaṁkrame .. ātmano yuvarājasya mahiṣyā mantriṇāntathā . svajanmadivase rājā kuryānnīrājanāvidhim .. abhiṣekadinaṁ proktameṣāṁ janmadinaṁ mayā .. tadyathā — aśvānāṁ bhāskaro devo revantamiti saṁjñayā . gajānāṁ devatā śakraḥ pattīnāṁ kālikā matā .. naukānāṁ varuṇo devo yānānāntu jayantakaḥ . astrāṇāṁ devatā rāmo yamaḥ khaḍgasya pūjyate .. dhvajānāṁ hanumān pūjyo bṛhaspatiriti kramāt . tān pūjayitvā vidhivadetānnīrājayennṛpaḥ .. dbādaśamahiṣaiḥpuṣṭaiścāmaraghaṇṭāsvanādibhūṣāḍhyaiḥ . chāgalairmahiṣadviguṇaiḥ puruṣaistaddviguṇaiścārudīpikābhiḥ .. bhavyaṁ vā sahasrāṁśudine nīrājayedrājā . dvādaśavāhai ruciraiḥ sāṅgopāṅgairatordhataścoṣṭraiḥ .. tasyārdhato vyāghrairgajaśatanīrājanaṁ sambhavati . chāgalaśataṁ vṛṣabhaśataṁ śatañca meṣāṇām .. turagā daśa hṛṣṭāṅgā vyāghrāḥ pañca dbipaścaikaḥ . bhallukā hi kukkurāścaikaikāḥ pattilakṣaṇasya .. naukāśatakaṁ sāṅgaṁ navadaśakaṁ kāñcanādibhirghaṭitam . bahuśatamapi jantūnāṁ naukānīrājane rājñām .. yadvā dvipadaṁ yānaṁ sarveṣāmiṣyate turagaiḥ . sudaśāvatsaravasitairyogyāṅgairyogyavarṇaiśca .. aṣṭābhirdhātubhiḥ kuryādastranīrājanāvidhim . gajāśvanaranaukābhirdviguṇābhiryathottaram . ratnairnānāvidhairastrairdhātubhirvasanaistathā .. siṁhāsanaiśca yogyaiśva kuryānnīrājanāvidhim gṛhanīrājanāpyevaṁ narasyātha nigadyate .. śvabhiḥ kharaiḥ śṛgālaiśca vyāghrairuṣṭraistathoddhataiḥ . puraṁ nīrājayedrājā cirasampattihetave .. śvā daśāśvastadardhena naraścaiva tadardhataḥ . vyāghrādīnāṁ tathaivaikaṁ ratnaṁ nānāvidhantathā .. astrāṇi dhātavaścaiva vastrāṇi ca phalāni ca . vanajāḥ sthalajāścaiva jalajāścaiva jantavaḥ .. navagrahāśca sūryādyāḥ śailāḥ sapta ghaṭāstathā . yogyadhātusamudbhūtā naukākhaṇḍatrayantathā .. nijadehamitaṁ svarṇaṁ rajataṁ tāmrameva vā . ātmanīrājane dadyādyadiccheccirasaṁsthitim .. astrairnānāvidhaiḥ kuryādyuvarājanīrājanam . alaṅkāraiśca vividhairdevīnīrājanaṁ matam .. mantrinīrājanaṁ rājā hayenaiva samācaret .. amātyānāṁ sainikānāṁ viprāṇāṁ dhanināntathā . vastrairnīrājanaṁ kuryāditi bhojasya sammatam .. nīrājanāyā vastūni na paśyenna punaḥ spṛśet . saptakṛtvaḥ paribhrāmya kuryānnīrājanāvidhim .. nyasedvā pararāṣṭreṣu gahane vā jale’pi vā . daivajñavaidyadīnebhyaḥ prayacchedvā yathāyatham .. iti saṁkṣepataḥ prokto mayā nīrājanāvidhiḥ . anena vidhinā rājā suciraṁ sukhamaśnute .. tathā hi gargaḥ . nīrājanā mahīndrāṇāṁ nihanti vipado’khilāḥ . saiva sannahanaṁ rājñāṁ kañcukeneva saṁyataḥ .. nīrājanāvanditānāṁ na bhayaṁ vidyate kvacit . nīrājanāvihīnānāṁ naśyeyuḥ sarvasampadaḥ .. tathā ca vātsyaḥ . ye bhūmipālāḥ prativatsarānta kurvanti nīrājanakarma samyak . teṣāṁ na lakṣmīḥ kṣayatāmupaiti sāmrājyalakṣmīḥ karagaiva teṣām .. evaṁ nīrājanaṁ kṛtvā rājā prasthānamācaret .. iti nīrājanāvidhiḥ .. * .. atha yātrā . guṇātiśayasampannaḥ śatruṁ yāyājjigīṣayā . yadi paścāt prakopo na yadi rāṣṭre na kaṇṭakāḥ .. saṁjñāyānyatra yāyādvā pārṣṇigrāheṇa śatruṇā .. rātrāvuluko vinihanti kākān kāko’pyulūkān rajanīvyapāye . iti svakālaṁ samudīkṣya yāyāt kāle phalantīha samīhitāni .. prabalavyasanopetaṁ durbhikṣādiprapīḍitam . sambhūtāntarakopetaṁ na yāyāt pṛthivīpatiḥ .. nijadaivānukūlye hi prātikūlye parasya ca . yāyādbhūpo yato daivaṁ balametat paraṁ matam .. anyatra tu . nirātaṅke nirutpāte nirudvigne nirāmaye . vipakṣe jayamicchanti rājāno vijigīṣavaḥ .. iti yuktikalpataruḥ .. yuddhayātrāyāmamaṅgaladarśanaṁ yathā — tasya nirgacchato gehāt śvāno’sthi mukhato’bhavat . dhvaje ruroha kāpotaḥ śivā śyāmā ca dakṣiṇā .. piṅgalā cañcugodhā ca śūkarī kevalī tathā . gajavānarasenājaśikhicchikkāśca vāmataḥ .. pathaṁ vibhindate sarpaḥ kumbhodakaṁ vyaśīryata . rurāva vānaro ṛkṣo mārjāro hyatibhairavam .. tailatakratṛṇakeśayuktābhyaktādidarśanam . vāntonmattajaḍamūkakṣutkṣāmanakrajaṁ ravam .. tuṣakārpāsalavaṇānāṁ ninditānāñca darśanam . raktāmbaradharo muṇḍaḥ paṅkāmiṣaṁ tathā vasā .. lalāṭaṁ śakrajaścāpa ulkāpātadhvajāruṇāḥ . diśāṁ dāhamahīkampāḥ sarajaḥ kaluṣaṁ nabhaḥ .. nistejastepate bhānurnadyaḥ pratimukhāvahāḥ . uṣṇodakaṁ mahākūpaṁ daraṇaṁ dīrghikāsu ca .. akālavikṛtiḥ puṣpaphalānāmanvabhūttadā . śīta uṣṇaviparyāsā meghanādāśca dāruṇāḥ .. āraṇyasattvā grāmeṣu grāmajāraṇyavāsinaḥ . kroṣṭṛsarpasamūhāśca śaśaśvānaḥ pipīlikāḥ .. ṛkṣāṇāṁ mahatī senā mṛgāṇāñca tathaiva ca . ete ca puraprākāre nipatantyutpatanti ca .. durgandhaḥ śārkaro vāyurdīnāṁ yodhā hataprabhāḥ . śakṛnmūtrāśrupātāni gajā aśvāḥ pracakrire . dhvajacchatrapatākānāṁ sphuṭanaṁ daṇḍabhindanam . kalaṅkamasi cakre ca hatā dundubhireva ca .. jyātalākūṭanaścāpi nārācānāñca kuñcatā . gadānāṁ mudgarāṇāñca śīrṇatā hyanubhindatā .. śuṣkaprarohaṇañcārkasārdrapātastathaiva ca . pratimāruditaṁ svedo mṛtakānāñca jalpanam .. gavāṁ rāsabhamārohaḥ strīṇāñca bahvapatyatā . strīsūte avicchāgādi hyajāvi śiśuśobhanam . bālānāṁ ghātanaṁ yuddhe nistriṁśāḥ sakalāḥ prajāḥ . makṣikādaṁśamaṇḍūkabahugonāsadarśanam .. nistejā na vahedbahniḥ sadhūmaḥ sphuṭate muhuḥ .. evaṁvidhān tathotpātān dṛṣṭān ghoreṇa vāsava . papraccha nāradaṁ so’tha kimetadvikṛtaṁ dvija ! .. ityādye devyavatāre ghoravadhādhyāyaḥ .. atha dbādaśa yātrā . praṇamya jagatāṁ nāthaṁ kalikalmaṣanāśanam . dbādaśayātrātattvāni vakti śrīraghunandanaḥ .. tatrādau dbādaśayātrākālasya mukhyopādeyatvāt ādau sa eva nirūpyate . tadyathā skandapurāṇe . indradyumna uvāca . vaiśākhādiṣu māseṣu yātrāpūjāvidhiṁ mune ! . śrotumicchāmi deveśe yathāvadvaktumarhasi .. jaiminiruvāca . vaiśākhādiṣu māseṣu devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ . yā yā dvādaśa yātrāḥ syustā hi vakṣyāmi te śṛṇu .. vaiśākhe cāndanī yātrā jyaiṣṭhe snāpanyudīritā . āṣāḍhe rathayātrā syāt śrāvaṇe śayanī tathā .. bhādre dakṣiṇapārśvīyā āśvine vāmapārśvikā . utthānī kārtike māsi chādanī mārgaśīrṣake .. pauṣe puṣyābhiṣekaḥ syānmāghe śālyodanī tathā . phālgune dolayātrā syāccaitre madanabhañjikā .. ekaikā muktidā sarvā dharmakāmārthasādhanāḥ .. atha yātrāvidhiḥ . skānde . vaiśākhasya site pakṣe tṛtīyākṣayasaṁjñitā tatra māṁ lepayedgandhalepanairatiśobhanaiḥ .. vaiśākhasyāmale pakṣe tṛtīyā pāpanāśinī . svayamāviṣkṛtā caiṣā prājāpatyarkṣasaṁyutā .. yaḥ paśyati tṛtīyāyāṁ kṛṣṇaṁ candanabhūṣitam vaiśākhasya site pakṣe sa yātyacyutamandiram .. vaiṣṇavā jayaśabdaiśca pūjayitvā tadā harim . nānāsūktopaniṣadairviśveśaṁ saṁstuvanti ca .. veṇuvīṇādivādyaiśca tathā nānopahārakaiḥ . santoṣayan jagannāthaṁ tṛtīyādau vilepayet .. vaiśākhasya tṛtīyāyāṁ jalamadhye viśeṣataḥ . lepanaṁ maṇḍape kuryānmaṇḍale vā bṛhadvane .. candanāguruhrīveraṁ kuṣṭhakuṅkumarocanāḥ . jaṭāmāṁsī murā caiva viṣṇorgandhāṣṭakaṁ viduḥ .. etairgandhaistathānyaiśca viṣṇorgātrāṇi lepayet . ghṛtañca tulasīkāṣṭhaṁ kuryāllepanakarmaṇi .. 1 .. atha snānayātrā . skandapurāṇe . jyaiṣṭhyāmahañcāvatīrṇastat pūṇyaṁ janmavāsaram . tasyāñca snāpaṇaṁ kāryaṁ mahāsnānavidhānataḥ . tasyāṁ prātaḥsnānakāle brahmaṇā sahitañca mām . rāmaṁ mubhadrāṁ susnāpya mama lokamavāpnayāt .. tathā . māsi jyaiṣṭhe tu saṁprāpte nakṣatre śakradevate . paurṇamāsyāṁ hareḥ snānaṁ sarvakāmaphalapradam .. sarvatīrthasamaḥ kūpastadāste nirmalaḥ śuciḥ . tadā bhogavatī tatra pratyakṣaṁ bhavati dvijāḥ .. tasmāt jyaiṣṭhyāṁ samuddhṛtya homājyaiḥ kalasairjalaiḥ . snāpayanti tadā kṛṣṇaṁ satataṁ taṁ halāyudham .. janmāhani hareḥ snānamutsavaṁ paramādbhutam . utsavo vai na hīyeta tasmāttadyatnataścaret .. janmanāṁ kṣayakāritvājjanmayātrā pratiṣṭhitā . jyaiṣṭhasnānaṁ bhagavato ye paśyanti mudānvitāḥ .. na te bhavābdhau majjanti yātrāyāṁ yatamānasāḥ . jyaiṣṭhe ca snapanaṁ kuryāt śrīviṣṇorjanmavāsare .. dainandinantu duritaṁ pakṣamāsartuvarṣajam . brahmahatyāsahasrāṇi jñānājñānakṛtāni ca .. svarṇasteyasurāpānagurutalpayutāni ca . koṭikoṭisahasrāṇi kṣudrapāpāni yāni ca .. sarvāṇyeva praṇaśyati paurṇamāsyāntu vāsare . puruṣasūktamantreṇa pāvamānyā tathaiva ca .. nārikelodakenātha tathā tālaphalāmbunā . pañcāmṛtaiḥ śītatoyairdūrvākarpūravāsitaiḥ .. yavodakena śuddhena tathā puṣpodakena ca . snāpayitvā jagannāthaṁ pūjayet parameśvaram .. oṁ ghaṁ ghaṇṭāyai namaḥ iti ghaṇṭāvādyaṁ nivedayet . ya evaṁ kurute vidbān brāhmaṇaḥ kṣattriyaḥ śuciḥ . sarvapāpaiḥ pramucyeta viṣṇulokaṁ sa gacchati . caturdaśyāṁ dṛḍhaṁ mañcaṁ kārayitvā suśobhanam .. sugandhidhūpasurabhiṁ candanāmbhaḥsamukṣitam . evaṁ mañcaṁ pratiṣṭhāpya kalasānadhivāsayet .. suvāsitaṁ jalapūrṇaṁ pāvakaṁ kalasaṁ nyaset . jayaśabdaiśca stutibhirnīyate jagadīśvaraḥ .. jayasva rāma kṛṣṇeti jayabhadreti codite . nīyate mañcadeśantu niśīthe brāhmaṇādibhiḥ .. atha rathayātrā . skandapurāṇe . guṇḍikākhyāṁ mahāyātrāṁ prakurvīthāḥ kṣitīśvara ! . āṣāḍhasya site pakṣe dbitīyā puṣyasaṁyutā .. tasyāṁ rathe samāropya rāmaṁ māṁ bhadrayā saha . yātrotsavaṁ pravṛttyātha prīṇayecca dvijān bahūn .. ṛkṣābhāve tithau kāryā sadā sā prītaye mama . saptāhaṁ saritastīre mama yātrā bhaviṣyati .. aṣṭame divase sarvān rathān mālyairvibhūṣayet . navamyāmānayeddevāṁsteṣu prītaḥ samṛddhidān .. dakṣiṇābhimukhī yātrā viṣṇoreṣā sudurlabhā . yathā pūrbā tathā ceyaṁ te dve muktipradāyike .. aṣṭāhe visṛjecchakraṁ tadardhena tu pārvatīm .. itivat tithinā ekāho boddhavyaḥ . tithinaikena divasaścāndramānena kīrtitaḥ .. iti viṣṇudharmottarāt .. yattu . āṣāḍhasya site pakṣe bhadrā sā puṣyasaṁyutā . yātrotsavaṁ prakurvīthāstvabhāve puṣya eva hi .. iti īśvarasaṁhitāyāṁ vacanāntaram .. tadvaikalpikaprayogāntaravidhāyakam . pādme . āṣāḍhasya dvitīyāyāṁ rathaṁ kuryādbiśeṣataḥ . āṣāḍhaśuklaikādaśyāṁ japahomamahotsavam .. nātaḥ paraṁ hi kṛṣṇasya yātrāntaramapekṣate . atra svayaṁ trilokeśaḥ syandanena kutūhalāt .. nāśayan sarvapāpāni varṣe varṣe vrajedasau . rathasthitaṁ vrajantaṁ taṁ mahāvedīmahotsave .. ye paśyanti mudā bhaktyā vāsasteṣāṁ hareḥ pade . satyaṁ satyaṁ punaḥ satyaṁ pratijñātaṁ dbijottamāḥ .. nātaḥ śreyaḥpado viṣṇorutsavaḥ śāstrasammataḥ . rathayātraiva yātrāṇāṁ mukhyetyāha prajāpatiḥ .. mahāvedīṁ vrajantaṁ taṁ rathasthaṁ puruṣottamam . balabhadraṁ subhadrāñca dṛṣṭvā muktirna cānyathā .. āṣāḍhasya site pakṣe dine viṣṇoḥ śubhaprade . pratiṣṭhāpya samṛddhena vidhinā pūrbavaddvijāḥ .. rathaṁ naro hareḥ kuryāt svāsanaṁ supariṣkṛtam . bhūṣayedvividhairbhaktyā vastrālaṅkāramālyakaiḥ .. mṛdaṅgapaṇabādyaiśca bherīḍhakkādayastathā . naṭanartakamukhyāśca gāyanā bahavastathā .. veśyā yauvanadarpāḍhyā rūpālaṅkārabhūṣitāḥ . dhvajāśca bahavastatra patākādhiṣṭhitāntarāḥ .. garuḍañca dhvajaṁ kuryāt raktacandanamiśritam . dīrghanāsaṁ pītadehaṁ kuṇḍalābhyāṁ vibhūṣitam .. cañcvagradaṣṭabhujagaṁ sarvālaṅkārabhūṣitam . devyāḥ padmadhvajaṁ kuryāt padmakāṣṭhavinirmitam .. saptacchadamayaṁ kuryācchīriṇo lāṅgaladhvajam . sārathiṁ vājinañcaiva balaṁ balamudānvitam .. hīrakairmaṅgalairdāntairvalivargaiḥ suśobhanam . itthaṁ sughaṭitaṁ tantu rathaṁ devatrayasya ca .. aruṇodayavelāyāṁ devaṁ tasmāt prapūjayet . brāhmaṇairvaiṣṇavaiḥ sārdhaṁ yatibhiśca tapasvibhiḥ .. vijñāpayeddevadevaṁ yātrāyai sa kṛtāñjaliḥ . tataḥ karpūraparṇaiśca sumanobhiravākirat .. pathi śobhanasūktāni prapaṭhanti dvijātayaḥ . kecinmaṅgalagāthāśca kecijjaya jayeti ca .. jitantu iti mantraṁ vai kecit puṣpe japanti ca . sūtamāgadhamukhyāśca kīrtiṁ kārṣṇīṁ mudā jaguḥ .. carcarījharjharīveṇuvīṇāmādhurikādayaḥ . śabdāyante sumadhuraṁ govindavijayāntare .. evaṁ pravṛtte samaye kṛṣṇaṁ rāmapuraḥsaram . nayanti viprā bhadrāñca kṣattriyāśca viśastathā .. kare dhṛtvā jagannāthaṁ bhrāmayitvā rathatrayam . rāmaṁ bhadrāñca kṛṣṇañca rathamadhye niveśayet .. pūjayedupattāraistaiḥ śraddhābhaktisusaṁyataḥ . rathacchāyāṁ samākramya brahmahatyāṁ vyapohati .. tadreṇusaṁ saktatanustyajedvai pāpasaṁhatim . ghanāmbuvṛṣṭisiktena svargaṅgāsnānajaṁ phalam .. ye praṇāmaṁ prakurvanti te’pi mokṣamavāpnuyuḥ . anugacchanti ye kṛṣṇaṁ te devatulyavigrahāḥ .. vedaiḥ stuvanti vedānāṁ vaktāro mokṣabhāginaḥ . itihāsapurāṇādyaiḥ stotrairvāpi susaṁskṛtaiḥ .. stuvanti puṇḍarīkākṣaṁ ye vai vigatakalmaṣāḥ . te vai jayanti pāpāni jayaśabdaiḥ stuvanti ye .. nartanaṁ kurute vāpi gāyantyatha narottamāḥ . vaiṣṇavottamasaṁsargānmuktiṁ prāpnotyasaṁśayam .. nāmāni kīrtayiṣyanti na te yānti yamālayam .. jayasva rāmakṛṣṇeti jayabhadreti yo vadet . na mātṛgarbhe vāso’sya sa ca devatvamāpnuyāt .. cāmarairvyajanaiḥ puṣpaiḥ stavakaiścīnacelakaiḥ . rathasyāgre sthito yo vai vījayet puruṣottamam .. saṁvījyamāno’psarobhirdevagandharvayojitān . bhuṅkte tu bhogānakhilān yāvadāhūtasaṁplavam .. nātaḥ parataro loke mahāvedīmahotsavāt . sarvapāpaharo yogaḥ sarvatīrthaphalapradaḥ .. kṛṣṇamuddiśya ye tatra dānaṁ dadati vai narāḥ . yatkiñcidakṣayaphalaṁ merudānena saṁmitam .. guṇḍikāmaṇḍape yāntaṁ bhadrākṛṣṇaṁ sahāgrajam . tatrātapaśrāntagātraṁ darpaṇeṣvabhiṣecayet .. pañcāmṛtaiḥ śītatoyaiḥ puṣpakarpūravāsitaiḥ . nārikelajalenātha tathā tālaphalāmbunā .. ratnodakena śuddhena tathā puṣpodakena ca . sarvāṅgamanulipyecca candanendumṛdudravaiḥ .. sugandhimālyābharaṇaiścīnacelaiḥ suśobhanaiḥ . cāmaraiśca jalābhaiśca śītalairvyajanaistathā .. vījayet puṇḍarīkākṣaṁ subhadrāṁ balameva ca . sitābhiḥ pānakairhṛdyaistathā khaṇḍavikārakaiḥ .. kharjurairnārikelaiśca nānārambhāphalādibhiḥ . tathā kṣīravikāraiśca panasairikṣubhistathā .. vāsitaiḥ śītatoyaiśca gandhatāmbūlapatrakaiḥ . sakarpūralavaṅgādyaiḥ pūjayet parameśvaram .. rathatrayasthitaṁ devatrayaṁ ye puruṣarṣabhāḥ . pradakṣiṇaṁ prakurvanti tricatuḥsapta eva ca .. tato’parāhṇe deveśaṁ dakṣiṇānilavījitam . śanaiḥ śanairnayedviṣṇuṁ mañcakasya ca madhyame .. evaṁ vrajati deveśe sūryaścāstaṁ gato’bhavat . dīpakānāṁ sahasrāṇi jjālitāni naraistataḥ .. maṇḍape vāsayeddevān guṇḍikākhye manohare . cārucandrātape cārumālyacāmarabhūṣite .. pūjayitvā jagannāthaṁ toṣayet gītanṛtyakaiḥ . upahārādibhistatra saptāhāni janārdanam .. saptāhaṁ ye prapaśyanti guṇḍikāmaṇḍape sthitam . māñca rāmaṁ subhadrāñca viṣṇusāyujyamāpnuyāt .. divā taddarśanaṁ puṇyaṁ rātrau daśaguṇaṁ bhavet . yatkiñcit kurute karma koṭikoṭiguṇaṁ bhavet .. sarvaṁ merusamaṁ dānaṁ sarve vyāsasamā dbijāḥ . mahāvedyāṁ gate kṛṣṇe yogo’yaṁ khalu durlabhaḥ .. ardhodayādayo yogāḥ skandena paribhāṣitāḥ . mahāvedyākhyayogasya kalāṁ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm .. aṣṭāhe ca punaḥ kṛtvā dakṣiṇābhimukhānrathān . dakṣiṇābhimukhī yātrā viṣṇoreṣā prakīrtitā .. kāryā prayatnataḥ sā hi bhuktimuktipradā bhavet . dakṣiṇābhimukhaṁ yāntaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ paśyati ye narāḥ .. na teṣāṁ punarāvṛttiḥ satyametanna saṁśayaḥ . purāvido vadantyetāṁ yātrāṁ navadinātmikām .. tasyāḥ saṁkīrtanādeva nirmalo jāyate naraḥ . tāvatīyaṁ mahāyātrā yo yathā kartumicchati .. so’pi viṣṇuprabhāvena vaikuṇṭhabhavanaṁ vrajet . uddhṛtya saptapuruṣān pāpābalisamanvitān .. 4 .. atha śayanayātrā . skānde . āṣāḍhe śukladvādaśyāṁ kuryāt svāpamahotsavam . maṇḍale racayettatra śayanāgāramuttamam .. devasya purataḥ śayyāṁ ratnādinirmitopari . āstīrya mṛducelādi mṛducīnottaracchadām .. karpūradhūlivikṣiptāṁ sādhucandrātapāṁ śubhām . puṣpagandhayutāṁ muktārañjitāṁ candanāṅkitām .. sādhudvārāṁ śubhāṁ snigdhāṁ nānācitropaśobhitām . evaṁ svāpagṛhaṁ kṛtvā niśīthe svāpayedbibhum .. saṁpūjya bhāvayedaikyaṁ teṣāṁ kṛṣṇādibhiḥ saha . ehyehīti ca saṁprārthya svāpārthaṁ parameśvaram .. nayecchayyāgṛhadvāraṁ vāsayet ghaṭikātrayam . pañcāmṛtaiḥ snāpayettān pṛthakpalaśatādhikaiḥ .. sugandhicandanairliptān vastrālaṅkaraṇādibhiḥ . pūjayitvā yathānyāyaṁ prāñjalirmantramuccaret .. jagadvandya ityādi . sudṛḍhaṁ kārayeddvāraṁ viṣṇoḥ śayanaveśmanaḥ . svāpayitvā jagannāthaṁ labhate sukhamuttamam .. 5 .. atha pārśvaparivartanayātrā . atha te saṁpravakṣyāmi pārśvasya parivartanam . nabhasyavimale pakṣe saṁprāpte harivāsare .. viṣṇoḥ svāpagṛhadbāraṁ śanairgatvā praviśya ca . namaskṛtya jagannāthaṁ paryaṅkaśayitaṁ mudā .. avaghāṭya śanairdbāraṁ pūjayedupacārakaiḥ . praṇamya bhaktyā tatpādau svāpayeduttarāmukham .. mantrañcemaṁ paṭhet . oṁ devadeva ! jagannātha ! kalyāṇaṁ parikalpaya . parivṛttamidaṁ sarvaṁ yathā sthāvarajaṅgamam .. yat dṛṣṭvā ceṣṭitaireva jāgratsvapnasuṣuptibhiḥ . jagaddhitāya supto’si pārśvena parivartaya .. parivartanakālo’yaṁ jagataḥ pālanāya te . tvadagrajo’yaṁ śakro’pi dhvaje tiṣṭhet samutsukaḥ . dṛṣṭaṁ tvatpādakamalaṁ vimuñca mūrdhni tajjalam . mahīṁ jalaṁ plāvayati prajāpālanahetukam .. iti saṁprārthya deveśaṁ vinayāttoṣayettataḥ . vyajanaiścāmaraiścaiva vījayet parameśvaram .. sugandhicandanairasya sarvāṅgaṁ parilepayet . svādūni bhakṣyadravyāṇi pāyasādīni dāpayet .. śayyāgṛhadbāri vibhoḥ śanairbhaktyā nivedayet . devamuddiśya yat kuryāt sarvamakṣayatāṁ vrajet .. pārśve ca janmadivase upavāsaparo bhavet .. evaṁ āśvinaśuklaikādaśyāṁ pūrvoktavidhānena śrīkṛṣṇasya vāmapārśvaparivartanaṁ kāryam .. matāntare . śubhe caivāśvine māsi mahāmāyāṁ prapūjayet . sauvarṇīṁ rājatīṁ mārtīṁ viṣṇumāyāṁ maheśvarīm . hiṁsā caiva na kartavyā kadācidbiṣṇupūjakaiḥ .. 6 .. athotthānayātrā . ekādaśyāntu kārtikyāṁ śuklāyāṁ pṛthivīpate . kṛṣṇamutthāpayedbhaktyā pūjayitvā jagadgurum . pūrbavat pūjayitvā tu prātarmantraṁ samuccaret .. mantrastu . oṁ uttiṣṭha devadeveśa ! tejorāśe jagatpate ! . vīkṣyaitat sakalaṁ deva ! prasuptaṁ tava māyayā .. praphullapuṇḍarīkākṣa ! śrīhare ! śayanena vai . tvayā dṛṣṭaṁ jagadidaṁ paramaṁ sukhameṣyati .. ye te smārtāḥ kriyāḥ sarvāḥ pravartante tato dhruvam . ityutthāpya jagannāthaṁ veṇuvīṇādiniḥsvanaiḥ .. jayaśabdaistathā devaṁ nayeyurnṛtyamaṇḍapam .. tailenābhyajya toyena snāpayet pūruṣottamam . pañcāmṛtairnārikelarasaiḥ phalarasaistathā .. sugandhāmalakenātha yavakalkena lepayet . gharṣayettulasīcūrṇairlepayedgandhacandanaiḥ .. puṣpavāsitatoyaiśca kuśaratnodakaistathā . snāpayitvā kṣayet pāpaṁ bahujanmopapāditam .. mahopacāraiḥ saṁpūjya viṣṇuṁ nīrājayettataḥ . kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā prārthayet parayā mudā .. 7 .. atha prāvaraṇayātrā . mārgaśīrṣe site pakṣe kuryāt prāvaraṇotsavam . kṛtvā dṛṣṭvā naro bhaktyā vaiṣṇavaṁ lokamāpnuyāt .. vāso’dhivāsaṁ kurvīta pañcamyāṁ niśi karmavit . prabhāte maṇḍalaṁ kuryāt padmamaṣṭadalānvitam .. dikpālān pūjayeddikṣu kṣetrapālaṁ gaṇādhipam . caṇḍapracaṇḍau ca bahiścaturdikṣu prapūjayet .. tanmadhye sthāpayedyantraṁ kṣālayeduṣṇavāriṇā . pūjayitvā jagannāthaṁ gandhatailena dīpakam .. dattvā kṛṣṇāya bhaktyā tu gītavādyairnayenniśām . prātaḥ prapūjayeddeyaṁ nānādravyaiḥ suśobhanaiḥ .. saptabhiḥ saptabhirdevān vāsobhiḥ pariveṣṭayet . mukhavarjañca sarvāṅge śītaprāvaraṇairdbijāḥ .. dūrvākṣataiḥ prapūjyātha kuryānnīrājanāṁ vibhoḥ . bhagavantaṁ samuddiśya brāhmaṇebhyaḥ pradāpayet .. gurubhyaścānyadevebhyo dīnānāthebhya eva ca . śītaprāvaraṇaṁ dadyāt srakṛt paramayā mudā .. dadāti bhagavān prītastasmai varamanuttamam .. 8 .. atha puṣyasnānayātrā . puṣyasnānotsavaṁ vakṣye yathoktaṁ brahmaṇā purā . puṣyarkṣeṇa ca saṁyuktā paurṇamāsī yadā bhavet . pauṣe māsi tu tat kuryāt puṣyasnānotsavaṁ hareḥ .. caturdaśīniśāyāntu kumbhānāmadhivāsanam . rātrau jāgaraṇaṁ kṛtvā prātarvahniṁ prakīrayet .. brahmaviṣṇuśivebhyaśca pratyekaṁ samidhaṁ kramāt . juhuyāt pūjayitvā tu tadante puruṣottamam .. pūjayedupacāraistu ādarśe prativimbitam . tataḥ puruṣasūktena kumbhāṁstānabhimantrayet . kramāt devasya śirasi snāpayedvidhivattataḥ .. sūktamuccaran . tataḥ pañcāmṛtenaiva vāsudevañca kṣālayet . lakṣmyā yuktaṁ punavipra upacāraiḥ prapūjayet .. dūrvāṅkurādyaiḥ stutibhirvādyaiḥ saṁpūjya keśavam . samantādvikiredevaṁ karpūrādyaiḥ sutaṇḍulān .. nīrājayejjagannāthaṁ karpūrayutavartibhiḥ . tataḥ pradakṣiṇaṁ kṛtvā daṇḍavat praṇamet kṣitau .. puṣyasnānotsavaṁ puṇyaṁ ye paśyanti mudānvitāḥ . sarvasampannakāmāste vrajeyurvaiṣṇavaṁ padam .. 9 .. atha navaśasyayātrā . kuryādayanasaṁkrāntyāṁ navaśasyamahotsavam . saṁkrānteḥ pūrvadivase navaṁ śāliṁ sukuṭṭimam . prāsādapūrbadeśe tu sthāpayitvādhivāsayet .. tathā ca pādme . saṁkrāntyāṁ māghamāsasya sādhivāsitataṇḍulān . nivedya viṣṇave bhaktyā imaṁ mantramudīrayet .. tvayi tuṣṭe jagat sarvamannena prabhaviṣyati . rakṣa sarvaṁ jagannātha ! gṛhyatāṁ piṣṭakaṁ śubham .. brāhmaṇān bhojayet bhaktyā devadevapuraḥsthitān .. abhyarcya bhagavadbhaktānityādi .. navena vāsasāveṣṭya dūrvāsarṣapapuṣpakaiḥ . pūjayitvābhimantreṇa kṛṣṇastvāmabhirakṣatu .. punaḥ prabhāte deveśaṁ pralipedgandhacandanaiḥ . vastrālaṅkāramālyaiśca pūjayitvā yathāvidhi .. nīrājayitvā deveśaṁ taṇḍulānadhivāsitān . sthālīṣu pākapātreṣu madhukhaṇḍājyamiśritān .. paṅktiśaḥ sthāpayedagre gandhapuṣpākṣatānvitān . sapūpaṁ pāyasaṁ kṛtvā dadyādvai cakrapāṇaye . daśavarṇakapiṣṭañca viṣṇoḥ priyataraṁ param .. oṁ jīvanaṁ sarvabhūtānāṁ janakastvaṁ jagadguro ! . tanmayāḥ śālino hyete tvayaiva janitāḥ prabho ! .. lokānugrahaṇārthāya gṛhītvā citravigraham . tava prītyai kṛtānetān gṛhāṇa parameśvara ! .. tvayi tuṣṭe jagat sarvamanena prabhaviṣyati . svāhākārasvadhākāravaṣaṭkārā divaukasām .. āpyāyanā bhaviṣyanti tenaivāpyāyitaṁ jagat . rakṣa sarvaṁ jagannātha ! tanmayaṁ sacarācaram .. iti saṁprārthya deveśaṁ śālīṁstān vinivedayet .. 10 .. atha dolayātrā . phālgune māsi kurvīta dolārohaṇamuttamam . yatra krīḍati govindo lokānugrahaṇāya vai .. pratyarcāṁ devadevasya govindākhyāntu kārayet . phalgūtsavaṁ prakurvīta pañcāhāni tryahāni vā .. phālgunyāḥ pūrbato viprāścaturdaśyāṁ niśāmukhe . vahnyatsavaṁ prakurvīta dolamaṇḍapapūrbataḥ .. pādme . paurṇamāsyāṁ samārabhya pañcamyāñca samāpayet .. 11 .. atha madanabhañjikā yātrā . vāsantikāṁ samākhyāsye yātrāṁ madanabhañjikām . yasyāṁ kṛtāyāṁ dṛṣṭāyāṁ prīṇāti puruṣottamaḥ .. caitraśuklatrayodaśyāmāharettat samūlakam . devasyāgre viracite maṇḍape sādhivāsite .. 12 .. iti yātrātattvam .. devyāḥ ṣoḍaśaprakārotsavaḥ . yathā — vaiśākhe mañcayātrā ca candanāgurukalpanā . jyaiṣṭhe mahāsnānayātrā ambuvācīdinatrayam .. āṣāḍhe rathayātrā ca digdinavyāpinī parā . śrāvaṇe jalayātrā ca vastrabhūṣaṇacāmaraiḥ .. bhādre yātrā dhūnanākhyā caṇḍikāyā dinatrayam . āśvine ca mahāpūjā yātrā yajñavalipriyā .. kārtike dopayātrā ca navānnamagrahāyaṇe . pauṣe cāṅgarāgayātrā vastrālaṅkārabhūṣaṇaiḥ .. māthe māsi mahādevī raṭantī ca caturdaśī . dolākeliḥ phālgune ca caitre yātrā catuṣṭayī . dūtīyātrā rāsayātrā vāsantī nīlayātrikā . evaṁ yātrā mayā proktā ṣoḍaśī bhavamocanī .. iti vāmakeśvaratantre 54 paṭalaḥ .. (rogidarśanārthaṁ bhiṣajāṁ yātrāvivaraṇam . yathā, idānīṁ nirgame puttra ! praveśe vā gṛhasya ca . śubhāśubhāṇi sarvāṇi vakṣyāmi śakunāni ca .. rājā gajo dvijamayūrakakhañjarīṭāścāṣaḥ śakuntarajakaḥ sitavastrayuktaḥ . puttrānvitā ca yuvatī gaṇikā ca kanyā śreyaḥ sukhāya yaśasāṁ pratidarśayanti .. naṭāścāṣo bhāsahārītacakro bhāradvājocchikkaraśchāgasaṁjñaḥ . ete śreṣṭhā dakṣiṇe vātha savye vaidyāveśo nirgame śreyase ca .. sarpolūko vānaraḥ śūkaraśca godhā ṛkṣaḥ kṛkalāśaḥ śaśaśca . ete riṣṭānirgame vā praveśe kāryāghāto nopakāreṣu śastāḥ .. mṛgo vā piṅgalo vāpi praśastā dakṣiṇe sadā . nirgame vā praveśe ca dakṣiṇāḥ śubhadāyakāḥ .. eko vā trīṇi vā pañca sapta vā navasaṁkhyayā . bhāgyakāle narāṇāntu mṛgā yānti pradakṣiṇāḥ .. śikhihayagajagodhārāsabho bhṛṅgarājo mukharapikakapoto potakī śūkarī vā . tadanuvihagarājo maṅgalāśaṁsinaḥ syurvadati śakunavettā vāmato nirgame vaḥ .. tittiriḥ kuraraḥ krauñcaḥ sārasābhāsaśūkaraḥ . vāme tu śubhaśaṁsī ca nirgame kāryasiddhaye .. kāko dakṣiṇataḥ śreṣṭho nirgame śubhadāyakaḥ . praveśe gaditaḥ śreṣṭho vāmataḥ kṛṣṇavāyasaḥ .. jālako hi śaśako’pi karkaṭokīrtanañca gaditaṁ na sukhāya . na śubhadarśanā amī bhaveyuḥ sarpagodhākṛkalāśaviḍālāḥ .. darśanaṁ hitakaraṁ pravadanti khañjarīṭamarālachikkarāṇām . vāmataḥ śubhakarāḥ pravadanti dārvāghāṭavarāṭakaśukaśca .. iti śubhāśubhaśakunāni .. iti hārīte dvitīyasthāne saptame’dhyāye .. * .. tathā ca . śavakāṣṭhapalāśānāṁ śuṣkānāṁ pathi saṅgamāḥ . neṣyante patitāntasthadīnāndharipavastathā .. mṛduśīto’nukūlaśca sugandhiścānilaḥ śubhaḥ . kharoṣṇo’niṣṭagandhaśca pratilomaśca garhitaḥ . granthyarvudādiṣu sadā chedaśabdaśca pūjitaḥ . vidradhyudaragulmeṣu bhedaśabdastathaiva ca .. raktapittātisāreṣu ruddhaśabdaḥ praśasyate . evaṁ vyādhiviśeṣeṇa nimittamupadhārayet .. tathaivākruṣṭahākaṣṭamākrandaruditasvanāḥ . chardyāṁ vātapurīṣāṇāṁ śabdo vai gardabhoṣṭrayoḥ .. pratiṣiddhaṁ tathā bhagnaṁ kṣutaṁ skhalitamāhatam . daurmanasyañca vaidyasya yātrāyāṁ na praśasyate .. iti suśrute sūtrasthāne 29 adhyāyaḥ ..) Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 yātrā strī yā ṣṭrat . 1 jigīṣayā rājñāṁ gamane amaraḥ 2 gamanamātre 3 devoddeśenotsavabhede rathayātrādau 4 yāpane ca medi° . 5 upāye viśvaḥ yātrādinādikaṁ mu° ci° yātrāprakaraṇe dṛśyam . |
रघु – raghu | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raghu mf (“vī”) n. ( “raṁh”; cf. “laghu”) hastening, going speedily, fleet,
rapid mf (“vī”) n. light, fickle raghu m. a racer, fleet courser raghu m. N. of an ancient king and ancestor of Rāma (described in Raghu-vaṁśa as son of Dilīpa and Su-dakṣiṇā; he was father of Aja who was father of Daśa-ratha; hence he was great-grandfather of Rāma; in the Rāmāyaṇa Raghu is said to be son of Kakutstha; in the Hari-vaṁśa two Raghus are mentioned among the ancestors of Rāma) ( 344) raghu m. of a son of Gautama Buddha raghu m. of various authors (also with “daiva-jṇa” and “sūri”) raghu m. = the poem “raghu-vaṁśa” (cf. next) raghu m. pl. the descendants of Raghu Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 raghu a. Ved. (1) Quick, rapid. (2) Light, nimble. (3) Fickle. (4) Eager. –ghuḥ (1) N. of a celebrated king of the solar race, son of Dilīpa and father of Aja [He appears to have been called Raghu from ragh or rangh ‘to go’, because his father foresaw that the boy would ‘go’ to the end of the holy learning as well as of his enemies in battle; cf. R. 3. 21. True to his name, he commenced the conquest of the directions, went over the whole of the then known world, overcame kings in battle, and returned covered with glory and laden with spoils. He then performed the Visvajit sacrifice in which he gave away everything to Brāhmaṇas and made his son Aja successor to the throne]. (2) (pl.) The Raghus or descendants of Raghu. — Comp. –naṁdanaḥ, –nāthaḥ, –patiḥ, –śreṣṭhaḥ, –siṁhaḥ &c. epithets of Rāma. –pratinidhiḥ the image or representative of Raghu, i. e. Aja; R. 5. 63. –vaṁśaḥ the family of the Raghus. ( –śaṁ) N. of a celebrated classical poem by Kālidāsa describing the family of the Raghus in nineteen cantos. -tilakaḥ N. of Rama. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch raghu (von raṁha) 1) adj. a) “rennend, dahinschiessend”; m. “Renner”: atyo na vājī raghurajyamānaḥ ṚV. 5, 30, 14. 4, 5, 13. des Indra 10, 49, 2. fem. 1, 52, 5. 4, 41, 9. ṛjre raghvī 6, 63, 9. — śyena 5, 45, 9; auch AV. 8, 7, 24, wo raghaṭo steht, wäre raghavo (= śyenāḥ) ganz passend. compar. raghīyaṁs TS. 7, 4, 9, 1. — b) “leicht, wandelbar”: kratu ṚV. 8, 33, 17. — Vgl. maderaghu und laghu. — 2) m. N. pr. a) eines alten Königs und Vorfahren Rāma’s, dessen Genealogie verschieden angegeben wird; im HARIV. erscheinen sogar zwei Raghu unter den Vorältern Rāma’s. UJJVAL. zu UṆĀDIS. 1, 30. HARIV. 819. fgg. R. 1, 70, 38 (72, 27 GORR.). 2, 110, 28 (119, 25 GORR.). (dilīpaḥ) avekṣya dhātorgamanārtham (vgl. raṅgh) arthaviccakāra nāmnā raghumātmasaṁbhavam RAGH. 3, 21. UTTARAR. 74, 11 (96, 3). VP. 383. 416 (ein Sohn Jadu’s). RĀJA-TAR. 1, 191. KṢITĀIŚ. 58, 12. -vijaya Verz. d. Oxf. H. 13,a,41. -carita 42. pl. raghavaḥ “die Nachkommen” Raghu’s RAGH. 1, 9. 15, 7. RĀJA-TAR. 1, 191. Rāma führt die Beinamen raghūttama R. 1, 65, 5. 3, 50, 6. raghupravara 49, 57. raghuvara R. im ŚKDR. raghūdvaha ŚABDAR. im ŚKDR. RAGH. ed. Calc. 12, 69. -nāyaka Verz. d. Oxf. H. 136,b, No. 262. Vgl. rāghava. — b) eines Sohnes des Śākyamuni, = rāhula Ind. St. 3, 149. — c) eines Autors Verz. d. Oxf. H. 124,b,12. — 3) m. so v. a. raghuvaṁśa (2) UJJVAL. zu UṆĀDIS. 1, 156; vgl. raghukāra. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 raghu Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 raghu raghu, i. e. raṅgh + u, I. adj. ved. = laghu. II. m. 1. The name of a king, Utt. Rāmac. 96, 3. 2. pl., and often in comp. words, His descendants, Rām. 3, 49, 57; Megh. 12 (raghu-pati = Rāma). Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 raghu f. raghvī running, swift, fleet, light; m. runner, courser; N. of an ancient king, pl. his race. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 raghu ragh-u [raṅgh = raṁh], a. (v-ī) speeding, fleet (V.); m. courser (V.); N. of an ancient king, ancestor of Rāma: pl. descendants of Raghu; -tilaka, m. ep. of Rāma; -dru, a. running swiftly (RV.): -nandana, m. descendant of Raghu, ep. of Rāma; -nā-tha, m. ep. of Rāma; -pati, m. lord of the Raghus, ep. of Rāma; -patvan, a. flying swiftly (RV.); -vaṁśa, m. Raghu’s race T. of a well-known poem by Kālidāsa: – saṁjīv-anī, f. T. of Mallinātha’s commentary on the Raghuvaṁśa, -ṣyad, a. gliding swiftly (V.); -svāmin, -uttama, — udvaha, m. ep. of Rāma. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 raghu pu° lagha–u lasya ratvam . sūryavaṁśye dilīpasūnau 1 nṛpatibhede raghorapatyamaṇ bahuṣu luk . raghuvaṁśyeṣu ajaprabhṛtiṣu 2 kṣattriyeṣu ba° ba° . tān adhikṛtya kṛto granthaḥ aṇ ākhyāyikāyāṁ tasya luk . kālidāsapraṇīte janaviṁśatisargātmake mahākāvyabhede pu° . |
विंश – viṁśa | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899viṁśa (for 2. see below). see “paḍviṁśa”.
viṁśa mf (“ī”) n. twentieth mf (“ī”) n. accompanied or increased by 20 (with “śata” n. 120 mf (“ī”) n. consisting of 20 parts &c. &c. viṁśa mf (“ī”) n. (ifc.) = “viṁśati”, 20 viṁśa m. (with or without “aṁśa” or “bhāga”) the 20th part viṁśa m. N. of a king viṁśa n. a decade, 20 Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 viṁśa a. (śī f.) Twentieth. –śaḥ A twent ieth part. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch viṁśa (von viṁśati) 1) adj. P. 6, 4, 142. a) “der zwanzigste” P. 5, 2, 56. VOP. 7, 40. BHĀG. P. 1, 3, 23. — b) mit oder ohne bhāga, aṁśa “ein Zwanzigstel” YĀJÑ. 2, 261. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 82, 10. M. 8, 398. 9, 112. 10, 120. am Ende eines adj. comp. f. ā WEBER, JYOT. 104. — c) “von zwanzig begleitet, um zwanzig vermehrt”: śata “hundertundzwanzig” P. 5, 2, 46. VOP. 7, 95. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 58, 30. — d) “aus zwanzig Theilen bestehend” MBH. 12, 9904. puruṣa (mit Zehen und Fingern) TS. 7, 3, 9, 2. PAÑCAV. BR. 23, 14, 5. ārbhava (wegen des “20theiligen Stoma”) 19, 5, 7; vgl. ŚAT. BR. 13, 5, 1, 1. n. “Zwanzigzahl, ein Zwanzig”: ahaṁ yojanaviṁśānāṁ plavitā R. 4, 45, 13. yojanaviṁśānāṁ sahasrāṇi śatāni ca MBH. 3, 12876. saviṁśe yojanaśate “hundertundzwanzig” Yojana R. 4, 62, 18. — 2) m. N. pr. eines Fürsten MBH. 14, 68. VP. 352. — Vgl. triṁśadviṁśa, vi-. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 viṁśa The eldest son of King Ikṣvāku. It is stated in Aśvamedha Parva, Chapter 4, Stanza 4; that he had a son named Viviṁśa. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 viṁśa viṁśa, 1. Ordinal number (cf. viṁśati), m., f. śī, n. Twentieth, Chr. 55, 1. 8; Bhāg. P. iii. 20. 2. The twentieth part, Man. 8, 398. — Comp. ekona-, i. e. eka-ūna-, or ūna-, ord. num. nineteenth, Chr. 53, 1. 11. eka-, twenty-first, Chr. 57, 1, bel. dvā-, twenty-second, Man. 2, 38. trayoviṁśa, i. e. trayas-, twenty-third, Kathās. i. p. 378. catur-, twenty- fourth, ib. p. 405. pañcaviṁśa, i. e. pañcan-, twenty-fifth, ib. p. 437. ṣaḍviṁśa, i. e. ṣaṣ-, twenty-sixth, ib. p. 469, etc. triṁśadviṁśa, i. e. triṁśat-, comp. card. num. from twenty to thirty, Rājat. 5, 209. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 viṁśa a. the twentieth or twentifold; w. śata n. one hundred and twenty. m. (±aṁśa or bhāga) a twentieth part. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 viṁśa viṁśa, a. twentieth (w. bhāga or aṁśa, m. one-twentieth); increased by twenty (e. g. w. sata, n. one hundred and twenty); consisting of twenty parts; n. twenty; m. one-twentieth: (a) -ka, a. increased by twenty (w. sata, n. twenty per cent.); consisting of twenty parts; n. twenty. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 viṁśa tri° viṁśateḥ pūraṇaḥ viṁśati + ḍa tilopaḥ . yena viṁśatisaṅkhyāpūryate tasmin . |
वीणा – vīṇā | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vīṇā f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vīṇā or Indian lute (an instrument of
the guitar kind, supposed to have been invented by Nārada q.v., usually having seven wires or strings raised upon nineteen frets or supports fixed on a long rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large gourds; its compass is said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties according to the number of strings &c.) &c. &c. vīṇā f. (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when all planets are situated in 7 houses) f. lightning f. N. of a Yoginī f. of a river Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 vīṇā (1) The(Indian) lute; mūkībhūtāyāṁ vīṇāyāṁ K.; Me. 86. (2) Lightning. — Comp. –āsyaḥ an epithet of Narada. –daṁḍaḥ the neck of a lute; Bv. 1. 80. –vādaḥ, -vādakaḥ a lutanist. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch vīṇā (vīṇā UṆĀDIS. 3, 15) f. 1) “Laute” AK. 1, 1, 7, 3. H. 286. fg. an. 2, 154. MED. ṇ. 28. HALĀY. 1, 96. vāgvanaspatiṣu vadati yā dundubhau yā tūṇave yā vīṇāyām TS. 6, 1, 4, 1. ŚAT. BR. 3, 2, 4, 6. KAUŚ. 84. KĀṬH. 34, 5. LĀṬY. 4, 2, 1. HAṁSANĀDOP. in Ind. St. 1, 386. MEGH. 84. Spr. (II) 735. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 69, 29. śatatantrī ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 17, 3, 1. saptatantrī MBH. 3, 10664. -bhidāṁ vivekaḥ Verz. d. Oxf. H. 200,b,11. vīṇeva madhurālāpā gāndhāraṁ sādhu mūrchatī MBH. 4, 515. -śabda ŚĀÑKH. GṚHY. 4, 7. vīṇāyāḥ kvaṇitam AK. 1, 1, 6, 3. mṛdaṅgaveṇuvīṇānāṁ ramyaiḥ śabdaiḥ R. 1, 5, 19. veṇuvīṇāninādaiḥ WEBER, KṚṢṆAJ. 287. vīṇāveṇvādidhvanivat SARVADARŚANAS. 157, 22. vīṇāḥ pramumucuḥ svarān R. 2, 91, 26. vādyate ŚAT. BR. 13, 1, 5, 1. PAÑCAT. 94, 4. HIT. 63, 13. saṁvādayanvīṇām KATHĀS. 21, 4. uddhatā KĀTY. ŚR. 21, 3, 7. vitudan (so ed. Bomb.) vīṇām BHĀG. P. 4, 8, 38. -vāṇī adj. ŚRUT. 15. mahā-, piśīla- LĀṬY. 4, 2, 4. saveṇuvīṇam adv. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 19, 18. — 2) in der Astrol. Bez. “einer best. Constellation, wenn nämlich alle Planeten in 7 Häusern stehen”, VARĀH. BṚH. 12, 17; vgl. vallakī. — 3) “Blitz” H. an. MED. — 4) N. pr. eines Flusses MBH. 6, 328 (VP. 182); vāṇī ed. Bomb. — 5) N. pr. einer Yoginī, = Saṁbhogayakṣiṇī Verz. d. Oxf. H. 109,a,40. — Vgl. alābu- (unter alābu 1), kāṇḍa-, danta-, rāma-, sūtra-, pravīṇa, vaiṇika. Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866 vīṇā vīṇā, f. The Indian lute, Hit. ii. d. 73. — Comp. danta-, f. chattering of the teeth, Pañc. 94, 4. sūtra-, f. a sort of lute. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 vīṇā f. lute. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 vīṇā vīṇā, f. Indian lute: -karṇa, m. Lute-ear, N.; (vīṇā -gaṇagin, m. leader of a musical band; -gāthin, m. lute-player; -datta, m. N. of a Gandharva; -rava, m. sound of the lute; a. humming like a lute: ā, f. N. of a fly; -vatsa-rāja, m. N. of a king; -vāda, m. lute-player; playing on the lute; -vādya, n. playing on the lute; -vinoda, m. N. of a fairy; -śilpa, n. art of playing the lute; -hasta, a. holding a lute in his hand (Śiva). Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the 1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967 vīṇā strī, (veti dṛṣṭimātramapagacchatīti . vī gatau + rāsnāsāsnāsthūṇāvīṇāḥ . uṇā° 3 . 15 . iti naḥ nipātanādguṇābhāvo ṇatvañca .) vidyut . iti medinī . ṇe, 28 .. (veti śrotuścittaṁ vyāpnotīti . vī vyāptau + naḥ .) svanāmakhyātavādyam . tatparyāyaḥ . vallakī 2 vipañcī 3 . sā tu saptatantrīyuktā cetparivādinī 4 . ityamaraḥ .. dhvanimālā 5 . iti jaṭādharaḥ . vaṅgamallī 6 vipañcikā 7 . iti śabdaratnāvalī .. ghoṣavatī 8 kaṇṭhakūṇikā 9 . (yathā, mahābhārate . 9 . 134 . 14 . saptarṣayaḥ sapta cāpyarhaṇāni saptatantrī prathitā caiva vīṇā ..) tadbhadā yathā . śivasya vīṇā lambī 1 sarasvatyāḥ kacchapī 2 nāradasya mahatī 3 gaṇānāṁ prabhāvatī 4 viśvāvasoḥ bṛhatī 5 tumburoḥ kalāvatī 6 cāṇḍālānāṁ kaṇḍolavīṇā cāṇḍālikā ca 7 . tasyāṅgādīnāṁ nāmādi yathā . tasyāḥ kāyaḥ kolambakaḥ . tasyā nibandhanaṁ upanāhaḥ . tasyā daṇḍaḥ prabālaḥ . tasyāḥ prāntavakrakāṣṭhaṁ kakubhaḥ prasevakaśca . tasyā mūle vaṁśaśalākā kalikā kūṇikāpi ca . tasyā vādanaṁ koṇaḥ . iti hemacandrādayaḥ .. asyā vivaraṇaṁ vādyaśabde draṣṭavyam .. Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94, reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962 vīṇā strī aja–nak vībhāvaḥ pṛṣo° ṇatvam . svanāmakhyāte 1 vādyabhede amaraḥ . vādyaśabde dṛśyam . 2 vidyuti medi0 |
शैवनवदशप्रकरण – śaivanavadaśaprakaraṇa | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaivanavadaśaprakaraṇa “śaiva-nava-daśa-prakaraṇa” n. |
संख्या – saṁkhyā | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899saṁkhyā “saṁ-khyā” P. “-khyāti”, to reckon or count, up, sum up,
enumerate, calculate &c.; to estimate by (instr.) ; ā. (only aor. “saṁ- akhyata”) to appear along with, be connected with, belong to (instr.) Caus. “-khyāpayati”, to cause to be looked at or observed by (instr.) saṁkhyā “saṁ-khyā” f. see below saṁkhyā “saṁ-khyā” f. reckoning or summing up, numeration, calculation (ifc. = “numbered or reckoned among”) f. a number, sum, total (ifc. “amounting to”) &c. &c. f. a numeral &c. saṁkhyā “saṁ-khyā” f. (in gram.) number (as expressed by case terminations or personal terminations) on f. deliberation, reasoning, reflection, reason, intellect f. name, appellation (= “ākhyā”) f. a partic. high number f. manner saṁkhyā “saṁ-khyā” f. (in geom.) a gnomon (for ascertaining the points of the compass), RāmRās. Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 saṁkhyā 2 P. (1) To count, enumerate, calculate, sum up; tāvaṁtyeva ca tattvāni sāṁkhyaiḥ saṁkhyāyaṁte S. B. (2) Ved. To appear along with, be connected with. saṁkhyā (1) Enumeration, reckoning, calculation; saṁkhyāmivaiṣāṁ bhramaraścakāra R. 16. 47. (2) A number. (3) A numeral. (4) Sum. (5) Reason, understanding, intellect. (6) Deliberation, reflection. (7) Manner. — Comp. –dhatiga, atīta a. beyond number, innumerable, countless. –mātraṁ mere numeration. –vācaka a. expressive of number. ( –kaḥ) a numeral. –samāpanaḥ an epithet of Śiva. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 saṁkhyā In ancient India digits up to 19 were in vogue. Bhāskarācārya the great mathematician, has in his work, “Līlāvatī”, given the following names to the nineteen digits. 1 Ekam 10 Daśam 100 Śatam 1000 Sahasram 10000 Ayutam 100000 Lakṣam 1000000 Prayutam 10000000 Koṭi 100000000 Arbudam 1000000000 Abjam 10000000000 Kharvam 10000000000000 Trikharvam 1000000000000 Mahāpadmam 1000000000000 Śaṅku 1000000000 Jaladhi 100000000000000 Antyam 1000000000000000 Madhyam 100000000000000000 Parārdham 1000000000000000000 Daśaparārdham. Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St. Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891 saṁkhyā f. reckoning up, numbering; number (also g.), numeral; appellation, name. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 saṁkhyā saṁ-khyā, f. number (V., C.); numeral (S., C.); C.); reckoning, calculation; grammatical number (rare); deliberation (rare); name (= ākhyā, rare): -° a. a, reckoned among; (with a num.) amounting to: a-ka, ā-ka, a. amounting to (-°). |
सेन – sena | Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sena mfn. (7. “sa” + “ina”) having a master or lord, dependent on
another sena (?) n. the body sena (for 1. 2. see col.2), in comp. for “senā”. Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890 sena a. Having a lord, possessing a master or leader. Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch sena (?) n. “Leib, Körper” H. ś. 116. — Am Ende eines comp. s. unter senā. Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975 sena Son of King Ṛṣabha. It is mentioned in Bhāgavata, Skandha 5 that this king had nineteen sons including Sena. Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893 sena 1. sa+ina, a. having a master, dependent on another. sena 2. sena, °- or -° = senā: -jīt, a. conquering armies (V.); m. N.; -ṭa, m. N.. |